[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025009019A1 - Dna analysis system - Google Patents

Dna analysis system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025009019A1
WO2025009019A1 PCT/JP2023/024617 JP2023024617W WO2025009019A1 WO 2025009019 A1 WO2025009019 A1 WO 2025009019A1 JP 2023024617 W JP2023024617 W JP 2023024617W WO 2025009019 A1 WO2025009019 A1 WO 2025009019A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pcr
reaction solution
dna
analysis
analysis system
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/JP2023/024617
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
沙也可 手塚
隆 穴沢
祐美子 合志
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Hitachi High Tech Corp
Original Assignee
Hitachi High Tech Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Hitachi High Tech Corp filed Critical Hitachi High Tech Corp
Priority to CN202380094728.2A priority Critical patent/CN120752350A/en
Priority to PCT/JP2023/024617 priority patent/WO2025009019A1/en
Priority to JP2025530818A priority patent/JPWO2025009019A1/ja
Publication of WO2025009019A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025009019A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6844Nucleic acid amplification reactions
    • C12Q1/686Polymerase chain reaction [PCR]

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a DNA analysis system.
  • DNA contained in a sample is subjected to PCR using primers designed for specific DNA targets, and fluorescently labeled DNA amplified products are separated by size using capillary electrophoresis (CE). It is used for gene mutation analysis and quantification, cell line authentication, genome editing efficiency evaluation, genotyping for amplified fragment length polymorphisms (AFLPs), simple sequence repeats (SSRs), and single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), and macrosatellite marker analysis. Macrosatellites are repetitive DNA in which a specific DNA motif is repeated multiple times, and are characterized by a higher frequency of mutations and higher genetic diversity than other DNA regions. A representative example of macrosatellite marker analysis is individual identification and identity testing using short tandem repeats (STRs). DNA testing using STRs is widely used in forensic medicine examinations, and is used for applications such as parent-child testing and matching crime scene DNA with criminals.
  • STRs short tandem repeats
  • size standards In fragment analysis, in addition to the fluorescently labeled DNA fragments to be analyzed, multiple types of fluorescently labeled DNA fragments of known lengths (size standards) may be mixed and subjected to CE analysis.
  • size standards allows the fragment length of each amplified product to be identified. Furthermore, by setting the amount of size standard mixed to a fixed amount, the amount of amplified product can be calculated from the ratio of the intensity of the DNA fragments of the amplified product obtained by CE analysis to the intensity of the size standard.
  • the amount of DNA of the target before amplification can be estimated from the ratio of the intensity of the target amplified product to the IPC.
  • DNA analysis at a forensic laboratory involves (1) quantifying the concentration of human DNA in a sample using quantitative PCR, (2) preparing the sample so that the human DNA is at an appropriate concentration and performing STR-PCR (PCR containing STR sequences), (3) mixing a portion of the PCR reaction solution with formamide containing a size standard in a fixed ratio and heat denaturing it, (4) subjecting the heat-denatured electrophoretic sample to CE measurement to obtain an electropherogram, and (5) performing DNA analysis from the electropherogram.
  • STR-PCR PCR containing STR sequences
  • Patent Document 2 Patent Document 3, Patent Document 4, and Patent Document 8
  • a sample containing DNA is subjected to PCR on a flow path device
  • a part of the reaction solution is mixed with formamide containing a size standard in a certain ratio on the flow path device and heat denatured
  • the heat denatured electrophoretic sample is subjected to CE analysis to obtain an electrophoretic pattern
  • (4) DNA identification or fragment analysis is performed from the electrophoretic pattern.
  • Patent Documents 1, 2, 3, 4, and 8 automate the series of steps and can obtain results in a short time (e.g., 90 minutes).
  • Patent Document 5 is an analytical method in which CE is used to detect amplified products in real-time PCR.
  • Patent Document 5 is an analytical method in which CE is used to detect amplified products in real-time PCR.
  • Patent Document 7 In the DNA quantification according to Patent Document 7, (1) in PCR of a sample containing DNA, a portion of the reaction solution at each stage of multiple thermal cycle numbers n is divided on a flow path device, (2) each divided reaction solution is subjected to microarray analysis on the flow path device, and (3) DNA quantification (quantification of the original concentration of DNA contained in the sample) is performed based on the relationship between the spot intensity of the amplified product from each microarray analysis and the thermal cycle number n, specifically, the thermal cycle number n at which the spot intensity exceeds a predetermined threshold.
  • Patent Document 7 is an analytical method in which the analysis of amplified products in real-time PCR is performed using a microarray.
  • the ratio of the minimum and maximum peak intensities at which peak intensity and concentration are almost proportional is 100 or less, or 1000 or less, or 10000 or less, or 100000 or less.
  • the ratio of the minimum and maximum amount of measurable DNA concentration is 10 or 30 or 100 or 300 or 1000 or 3000 or 10000.
  • the ratio of the minimum and maximum amount of DNA contained in the sample brought into the analysis system is 30 or 300 or 3000 or 30000. If the amount of DNA contained in the sample exceeds the range of the sample DNA amount that can be measured by the analysis system, fragment analysis may fail. In this case, the sample and analysis time spent on the analysis will be wasted.
  • the series of processes is automated, making it possible to obtain results in a short time (for example, within 180 minutes, within 120 minutes, or within 90 minutes).
  • Non-Patent Document 1 the amount of DNA carried over to the PCR is quantified using quantitative PCR so that the amount does not exceed the analytical range, and the DNA is then diluted to an appropriate concentration before the PCR reaction is carried out.
  • an optical system for performing quantitative PCR is required.
  • a complex flow path structure is required to determine the dilution concentration according to the quantitative PCR results.
  • Patent Document 1 the solution is divided before PCR, and STR-PCR and quantitative PCR are performed. Quantitation is performed using quantitative PCR, and the number of cycles for STR-PCR is determined. Because the solution is divided before the start of PCR, sensitivity is reduced. In addition, the flow path device for performing two different PCRs is complex, and additional optical systems are required, making high costs unavoidable.
  • Patent Document 2 the solution is divided before PCR, two DNA solutions with different concentrations are prepared, and both are subjected to PCR for DNA identification. Since one of the two DNA solutions falls within the analytical concentration range of the analysis system, the analytical range can be expanded. Since the solution is divided before PCR, sensitivity is reduced. In addition, since a flow path mechanism for dividing the solution and adjusting the concentration is installed in the flow path device, it is unavoidable to make the flow path device more complicated.
  • Patent Document 3 the analytical range of DNA testing is expanded by improving the data analysis method. Information on peaks that fall below the detection limit during CE analysis cannot be obtained. Furthermore, if the detection intensity becomes saturated during CE analysis, the correct peak intensity ratio cannot be obtained. If the interpretation of DNA testing is expanded too much, there is a risk that the data obtained by analysis will not reflect the true individual DNA mixture ratio. There is a risk of incorrect profiling.
  • Patent Document 4 a portion of the reaction solution is taken after PCR, and the presence and amount of amplified products are detected using an optical system, and if appropriate amplification has been achieved, fragment analysis is performed. If it is determined that amplification is incomplete, an additional PCR reaction is performed on the reaction solution remaining in the PCR section.
  • This method requires the design of additional optical systems and flow path devices suitable for optical detection, which inevitably increases costs.
  • the fluorescent dye of STR-PCR may fade during detection using an optical system, or that optical detection may not be performed correctly due to overlapping detection wavelength ranges between the fluorescent dye of STR-PCR and the optical system.
  • Patent Document 5 and Patent Document 6 it takes a long time to obtain results because CE analysis is required for each of the many thermal cycle numbers n (multiple consecutive thermal cycle numbers n). For highly accurate quantification, three or more CE analyses are required. It is possible to replace PCR with STR-PCR and perform DNA quantification, but a special flow path structure is required to extract the solution multiple times. In addition, since there is no process for mixing the reaction solution with formamide containing a size standard at a constant ratio, DNA identification cannot be performed.
  • PCR can be replaced with STR-PCR to perform DNA quantification, but it takes a long time to obtain results because microarray analysis must be performed for each of a large number of thermal cycles n (multiple consecutive thermal cycles n).
  • DNA identification cannot be performed because CE analysis is not performed.
  • Patent Document 7 mentions that microarray analysis may be performed for a small number of thermal cycles n (multiple non-consecutive thermal cycles n), but this is not realistic.
  • the spot intensity for the same DNA concentration generally varies due to variations in the density and number of probes immobilized on each spot, and hybridization efficiency varies over time and space, and although the presence or absence of corresponding DNA can be determined from the strength of the spot intensity, the accuracy of quantifying the corresponding DNA from the spot intensity is low.
  • Patent Document 7 Other issues with Patent Document 7 are: (1) In PCR of a sample containing DNA on a flow path device, when a part of the reaction solution at each stage of multiple thermal cycle numbers n is divided, fresh PCR solution of the same amount as the divided reaction solution is mixed with each of the reaction solutions that remain undivided, which changes the concentration of DNA contained in the reaction solution and reduces the accuracy of DNA quantification.
  • Patent Document 7 Another problem with Patent Document 7 is that it is necessary to repeatedly hybridize and dehybridize (wash) the DNA with the immobilized probe, and each time this is done the immobilized probe may come off or the hybridized DNA may be carried over without being washed away, resulting in low repeatability of the microarray analysis and low accuracy of DNA quantification.
  • An example of a DNA analysis system includes: A flow path device having a PCR chamber for performing thermal cycling; a capillary electrophoresis unit for electrophoretic analysis of the PCR reaction solution;
  • a DNA analysis system having The DNA analysis system comprises: storing the preset values of m and n;
  • a PCR reaction solution is subjected to a thermal cycle m times to generate a first reaction solution; removing a portion of the first reaction solution from the PCR chamber without changing its composition; subjecting the portion of the first reaction solution to electrophoretic analysis in the capillary electrophoresis portion;
  • the first reaction solution remaining in the PCR chamber is subjected to n-m thermal cycles (where n-m is an integer of 2 or more) so that the total number of thermal cycles is n, thereby generating a second reaction solution; removing at least a portion of the second reaction solution from the PCR chamber without changing its composition; At least the portion of the second reaction solution is subjected
  • An example of a DNA analysis system includes: A flow path device having a PCR chamber for performing thermal cycling; a capillary electrophoresis unit for electrophoretic analysis of the PCR reaction solution;
  • a DNA analysis system having The DNA analysis system comprises: storing the preset values of m and n;
  • a PCR reaction solution is subjected to a thermal cycle m times to generate a first reaction solution; removing a portion of the first reaction solution from the PCR chamber without changing its composition;
  • the first reaction solution remaining in the PCR chamber is subjected to n-m thermal cycles (where n-m is an integer of 2 or more) so that the total number of thermal cycles is n, thereby generating a second reaction solution; removing at least a portion of the second reaction solution from the PCR chamber without changing its composition; performing electrophoretic analysis on one of the portion of the first reaction solution and the at least a portion of the second reaction solution in the capillary electrophoresis portion;
  • an analysis system equipped with a flow path device and an electrophoresis unit can expand the range of DNA amounts analyzed with high accuracy, high sensitivity, short time, low cost, and small equipment.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an analysis system. 13 is an example of a method for determining data.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an analysis system. 1 is an example of an analysis system. 1 is a schematic diagram and an embodiment of an analysis system.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an analysis system.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an analysis system.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device.
  • 4 is an example of the operation of the flow channel device.
  • 1 is an example of an analysis system.
  • FIG. 1 is an example of an analysis system.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device. 4 is an example of the operation of the flow channel device.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device.
  • 4 is an example of the operation of the flow channel device.
  • 4 is an example of the operation of the flow channel device.
  • 4 is an example of the operation of the flow channel device.
  • the results show the relationship between electrophoretic reagent and peak intensity.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram showing the effect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the obtained electropherogram.
  • 1 is an example of a table used for setting the number of cycles.
  • 1 is an example of an analysis system.
  • 13 is an example of a method for determining data. 13 is an example of a method for determining data. 1 is an example of an analysis system. 1 is an example of an analysis system.
  • This specification mainly describes procedures and standards for conducting human DNA testing, but the subject of analysis is not limited to human DNA testing.
  • m and n refer to the number of thermal cycles in PCR. m and n are integers, and may be n-m ⁇ 2. In the following, a thermal cycle may be referred to as a PCR cycle or simply as a cycle.
  • the mixture of PCR reaction reagents and sample-derived DNA will be referred to as the PCR reaction solution.
  • the DNA from the sample that is amplified by the PCR reaction reagents will be referred to as the target DNA.
  • PCR reaction solution m the PCR reaction solution obtained after m thermal cycles
  • PCR reaction solution n the PCR reaction solution obtained after n thermal cycles
  • the electrophoretic reagent may include deionized formamide, size standards, and pure water. Formamide and pure water may be included to lower the ionic strength of the electrophoretic sample or to denature DNA.
  • the electrophoretic reagent may be a low-conductivity solution as well as formamide and pure water.
  • a low-conductivity solution preferably has a conductivity of 10 mS/cm or less, more preferably 1 mS/cm or less, more preferably 100 ⁇ S/cm or less, and more preferably 10 ⁇ S/cm or less. The lower the conductivity of the solution used in the electrophoretic reagent, the greater the amount of DNA injected into the CE.
  • a size standard may be mixed in to correspond to the detected peak and DNA length, or to estimate the amount of DNA contained in the electrophoretic sample from the detected peak.
  • one example of an analytical system mixes a PCR reaction solution (e.g., at least one of a portion of PCR reaction solution m and at least a portion of PCR reaction solution n) with pure water, formamide, or a solution with a conductivity of 10 mS/cm or less to generate a mixture prior to electrophoretic analysis.
  • a PCR reaction solution e.g., at least one of a portion of PCR reaction solution m and at least a portion of PCR reaction solution n
  • pure water formamide
  • a solution with a conductivity of 10 mS/cm or less to generate a mixture prior to electrophoretic analysis.
  • the DNA obtained by the PCR reaction will be called the "amplification product”
  • the amplification product obtained after m cycles will be called “amplification product m”
  • the amplification product obtained after n cycles will be called “amplification product n”.
  • PCR reaction procedure in which m cycles of PCR are performed, a portion of PCR reaction solution m is taken out, and the remaining PCR reaction solution m is subjected to n-m PCR cycles, and finally both PCR reaction solutions m and n are prepared, is referred to as "split PCR.”
  • an allele refers to a genetic variant that can be distinguished at the same locus.
  • amplicon refers to an amplification product with a single length.
  • Amplicons of different lengths may be generated from one allele.
  • multiple amplicons may be generated as by-products (artifacts) produced during the PCR reaction.
  • one amplicon peak for one allele is often assigned to an individual's DNA, but in the case of mixed samples, it is difficult to distinguish between artifacts and amplicons derived from alleles, so amplicon peaks that may be artifacts may also be subject to analysis.
  • CE analysis refers to the series of steps that involves preparing an electrophoretic sample, performing CE measurement, obtaining an electrophoretic pattern, and performing DNA identification or fragment analysis.
  • the scope of "CE analysis” does not necessarily include some of the above steps.
  • an electropherogram refers to a diagram obtained by CE measurement, with the horizontal axis representing time, or measurement point, or DNA chain length, and the vertical axis representing intensity.
  • the vertical axis may represent wavelength, and the data may be three-dimensional data including intensity information.
  • the vertical axis may also represent intensity, and the data may be three-dimensional data including dye information.
  • An electropherogram obtained from electrophoretic sample m will be called “electropherogram m”
  • an electropherogram obtained from electrophoretic sample n will be called “electropherogram n”.
  • STR-CE refers to the series of steps from preparing the PCR reaction solution for STR-PCR, performing the PCR reaction, measuring the CE, and analyzing the resulting electropherogram.
  • the data obtained from STR-CE may be an electropherogram or a DNA profile. Once STR-CE is complete, some or all of the data may or may not be provided to the user.
  • analytical range refers to, for example, the range of a given sample amount or biomolecular weight within which an analysis can be performed correctly for a given sample or biomolecule, for an analytical system or for a part or multiple steps of an implementation procedure contained in an analytical system.
  • “capable of analyzing correctly” may refer to a state in which all required conditions are met, but it is not necessary to meet all required conditions, and it may also refer to a state in which the best data possible for the system in question can be provided. For example, if the amount of sample given is extremely small, the data obtained will not be able to meet all required conditions, but it will be sufficient to obtain data that comes closest to meeting the required conditions.
  • the analysis system 101 may include a memory that stores program instructions, a control unit including a processor that executes the program instructions, a function that receives and analyzes raw data, optical data, and electropherogram data from the detection unit, a solution transport control mechanism such as a pump or valve, a CE unit (capillary electrophoresis unit) that performs electrophoretic analysis of the PCR reaction solution, a flow path device, and a heater.
  • the control analysis unit may be connected to a network and may be capable of uploading, collating, and accessing data to a personal DNA database. For example, it may be connectable to CODIS (Combined DNA Index System).
  • Various parameters related to the analysis protocol may be stored in advance in a database of a computer 102 provided in the analysis system 101. Based on the parameters recorded in the database 103, the computer may be responsible for opening and closing valves of the flow path device 104, the CE section 105 and their connecting sections, controlling the temperature, and controlling the applied pressure and/or flow rate.
  • the parameters recorded in the computer 102 may include functions for setting parameters based on temperature, time, pressure, flow rate, stored parameters, and actual measured values.
  • the flow path device 104 may be disposable. By making it disposable, contamination between samples can be prevented.
  • the CE unit 105 may be disposable. Making it disposable helps prevent contamination between samples. In addition, since it can be molded integrally with the device, it is easy to store, maintain, and transport. The connection between the pretreatment unit and the CE unit is simplified, which helps reduce the frequency of breakdowns and errors.
  • the CE section can be made to be reusable multiple times.
  • the CE section requires precision manufacturing and has a high unit price, so making it reusable can help reduce costs.
  • the computer 102 may be equipped with a user interface 106. Parameters related to the user interface 106 (e.g., time and temperature of each step, pressure, flow rate, procedure, amount of divided liquid, number of PCR cycles, sample information, cartridge information, analysis protocol, etc.) may be accepted from the user and stored in the database 103. In addition, various parameters may be stored in the database 103 in advance.
  • the computer 102 may be responsible for opening and closing the valves of the flow path device 104, controlling the temperature, and controlling the applied pressure and flow rate based on the parameters recorded in the database 103.
  • the flow path device 104 which is consumed for each measurement, has an internal tag, and the analysis system 101 can read the information on the tag to set an appropriate analysis protocol.
  • the number of PCR cycles may be set by the user.
  • the analysis system 101 stores the values of m and n that are set in advance.
  • the user may also input information about the type of sample (e.g., cheek swab/touch sample/casework sample/DVI, etc.) and determine the appropriate PCR implementation procedure by comparing it with a database in the computer.
  • the user may input whether to perform CE measurement on electrophoresis sample m first or on electrophoresis sample n first.
  • the implementation procedure may also be automatically controlled in its entirety by the computer 102. The user may also assist and implement part of the analysis flow.
  • StoA systems may be used in laboratories, crime scenes, police stations, hospitals, and automobiles.
  • the flow channel device 104 refers to a disposable or multiple-use cartridge that contains a reagent, a chamber, and a flow channel.
  • the flow channel device 104 may contain a power source for transporting a solution.
  • some or all of the reagents may be present within the device.
  • Some of the chambers may be equipped with a temperature control function, a molecular capture function, a detection function, and a voltage application function.
  • the material used for the flow channel device is not particularly limited as long as it is a material commonly used in the technical field. It is preferable to use materials that have a low amount of DNA adsorption, such as polypropylene, cyclic olefin polymer (COP), cyclic olefin copolymer (COC), polycarbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, and polyurethane. It is also preferable to suppress the amount of adsorption by modifying the surface so that it is negatively charged.
  • COP cyclic olefin polymer
  • COC cyclic olefin copolymer
  • polycarbonate polyethylene terephthalate
  • polyurethane polyurethane
  • materials include - metals such as gold, silver, copper, aluminium, tungsten, molybdenum, chromium, platinum, titanium, nickel; - alloys such as stainless steel, Hastelloy, Inconel, Monel, duralumin, etc.; -silicon; - glass materials such as glass, quartz glass, fused silica, synthetic quartz, alumina, sapphire, ceramics, forsterite and photosensitive glass; Plastics such as polyester resin, polystyrene, polyethylene resin, ABS resin (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene resin), dimethylpolysiloxane (PDMS), nylon, acrylic resin, fluororesin, polycarbonate resin, polyurethane resin, methylpentene resin, phenolic resin, melamine resin, epoxy resin and polyvinyl chloride resin; - agarose, dextran, cellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, nitrocellulose, chitin, chitosan, Or any combination of these.
  • a typical chamber or reagent reservoir is a space that can contain liquids or solids and where solutions can be reacted, held, heated, or transformed.
  • the chamber may have a larger diameter than the flow channel, but may be indistinguishable from the flow channel by appearance.
  • the chamber may have a membrane or microstructure inside, may be made of a different composition than the flow channel, may have a different surface treatment, or may have a different hydrophilicity.
  • the flow channel device may also have a heater or laser light source on the outside. Reagents may be stored in the chamber, and PCR, lysis, purification, etc. may be performed in the chamber.
  • a typical chamber volume is preferably 0.01 ⁇ L to 50 mL.
  • the flow path device may store reagents within the device, or the reagents may be supplied from outside the flow path device or from inside the analysis system.
  • the device stores one or more types of reagents in one or more reagent storage sections.
  • the reagents include at least one of the following: [lysis solution, cleaning solution, PCR reagents (which may contain polymerase, primers, surfactants, etc.), formamide, pure water, DNA fragments, and oil]. Since unintended mixing of these can lead to a decrease in performance or other unexpected results, it is desirable that they are separated by a partition mechanism consisting of a valve, film, air, or a flow path thin enough to prevent spontaneous mixing, or a combination of these, until just before use.
  • reagents by isolating the reagents from the outside air, long-term storage and portability of the device are achieved.
  • the same reagent may be stored in multiple reagent storage sections to be released in multiple steps.
  • reagents when reagents are stored outside the device, they are desirably stored in a state isolated from the outside air, and are separated from other purification system components by valves, films, air, etc.
  • Known reagent storage technologies include, for example, a blister reagent storage unit or the reagent storage unit installed in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2, and similar configurations may be incorporated into this embodiment.
  • sample type The sample to be subjected to the purification system according to the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as it is a biological sample.
  • the biological sample is also not particularly limited, and samples derived from any biological organism such as vertebrates (e.g., mammals, birds, reptiles, fish, amphibians, etc.), invertebrates (e.g., insects, nematodes, crustaceans, etc.), plants, protozoa, fungi, bacteria, and viruses can be used.
  • vertebrates e.g., mammals, birds, reptiles, fish, amphibians, etc.
  • invertebrates e.g., insects, nematodes, crustaceans, etc.
  • plants protozoa, fungi, bacteria, and viruses
  • a swab, filter paper, cloth, etc. When collecting a sample, a swab, filter paper, cloth, etc. can be used as a carrier, and the carrier itself can be introduced into the purification system.
  • Forensic samples include cheek swabs, bone, muscle tissue, human organs, touch samples containing very small amounts of DNA, bloodstains, skin fragments, hair, bodily fluids, and items presumed to contain any of these. Many forensic samples contain unknown amounts of DNA, ranging from 0.001ng to 1000 ⁇ g of DNA, more frequently 0.01ng to 10 ⁇ g of DNA. Forensic samples may contain only DNA from a single individual, may contain DNA from multiple individuals, and may contain degraded DNA.
  • the analysis system 101 may include a pump and a valve for transporting the solution.
  • the transport means may be a syringe pump, a diaphragm pump, an electrochemical pump, passive transport using surface tension, centrifugal force, or a combination thereof.
  • the analysis system 101 may be equipped with a valve.
  • the valve is used to specify the solution transport path as well as to switch the path to which air pressure is applied.
  • the valve may be a diaphragm valve that operates with air pressure, a mechanical valve, or a valve that uses surface tension.
  • the flow path that can be transported may be switched based on the difference in pressure required for transport.
  • the device may contain PCR reagents.
  • the PCR reagents may be prepared as separate solutions containing polymerase and primers.
  • the PCR reagents may be dry reagents.
  • the sample itself such as a swab, may be subjected to PCR.
  • DNA purified with silica, Chelex, phenol chloroform, etc. may be mixed with the PCR reagents.
  • a membrane (such as a silica membrane) with trapped DNA may be mixed with the PCR reagents.
  • the PCR reagent may include an IPC that is amplified along with the sample DNA and a set of primers for amplifying the IPC.
  • the primers for the IPC may be dyed and detectable by CE.
  • the amplicons derived from the IPC can be used for analysis.
  • the amount of DNA in the sample may be estimated by using the intensity ratio of the IPC and sample-derived peaks, the amplification efficiency correction factor, and the fluorescence intensity correction factor. Also, by checking the intensity of the IPC, it may be estimated whether the PCR reaction is proceeding normally or has been inhibited.
  • the typical volume of PCR reaction solution is 1 ⁇ l to 200 ⁇ l, and more preferably 10 ⁇ l to 50 ⁇ l.
  • a small volume of solution has the advantages of allowing accurate temperature control, high-speed PCR, and low reagent costs.
  • a larger volume of solution allows for more eluted DNA to be received.
  • a typical PCR reaction may consist of an initial denaturing step, an annealing step, an extension step, a denaturation step, and a final extension step, or some of the steps may be missing.
  • the mixture is heated to 90°C to 99°C for 1s to 2 minutes at the start of PCR, allowing the PCR reaction to begin.
  • the mixture is heated to 50°C to 80°C for 1s to 2 minutes to allow the primers to bind to the template DNA.
  • the extension step the mixture is heated to 50°C to 80°C for 1s to 2 minutes to raise the temperature to a level where DNA polymerase can work well, allowing the DNA to elongate.
  • the mixture is heated to 80°C to 99°C for 1s to 2 minutes.
  • the final extension step the mixture is heated to 50°C to 80°C for 1min to 60min.
  • CE may involve injecting the amplified product into a polymer-filled capillary tube using voltage injection. Furthermore, when a high voltage is applied to both ends of the capillary, the fluorescent DNA fragments are separated by size and detected by a laser/camera system.
  • MPS massively parallel sequencing
  • pyrosequencing pyrosequencing
  • Sanger sequencing nanopore sequencing
  • chromatography e.g., methanol
  • electrical measurements spectroscopy
  • NMR RFLP (Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphisms)
  • microarrays e.g., etc.
  • the signal obtained in the CE section is analyzed in the analysis section.
  • Known analysis software includes GeneMapper (registered trademark) ID, GeneMapper ID-X, GeneMarker (registered trademark) HID, i-Cubed (trademark), OSIRIS, TrueAllele (trademark), etc.
  • a graph is generated based on the size standard peak from the signal intensity vs. time information, with the horizontal axis representing DNA length and the vertical axis representing intensity. Cosmic rays and pull-up/pull-down may be corrected. Baseline correction may be performed, or an electropherogram may be obtained using other existing techniques. Peak detection is performed on the obtained electropherogram to examine the intensity and peak position of each amplicon.
  • the analysis may be performed partially with human intervention or fully automatically.
  • Macrosatellites are DNA loci that contain repeated base sequences with 2-7 nucleotides per repeat unit. The number of repeats at a particular locus varies from individual to individual, and can be detected as differences in the length of the amplified products by STR-PCR.
  • a typical STR-PCR analysis detects two or more loci. Typically, five or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, or 25 or more loci are included.
  • STR-PCR may be performed using kits sold by GlobalFiler (trademark) or PowerPlex (registered trademark). It is also preferable to include loci designated by various genetic databases, such as CODIS, for forensic or DNA identification purposes in each country. The loci may include loci present on autosomes, or may include genes present only on the Y gene.
  • the number of peaks detected will, unless the amount of DNA is degraded or insufficient, at a minimum correspond to the number of loci in the kit, and at a maximum correspond to a peak corresponding to the sum of twice the amount of genes assigned to the autosomes and the number of genes assigned to the sex chromosomes among the loci in the kit.
  • one fluorescent dye is assigned to one locus.
  • STR-PCR kits with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 dyes may also be used.
  • a combination of length and peak color information may be used to assign loci to detect DNA types. Thresholds for the intensity and position of various peaks may be set for each color, or for each locus or allele.
  • a DNA profile derived from a single individual one or two alleles are detected per locus.
  • a DNA profile derived from a mixed sample derived from multiple individuals one or two or three or more alleles are detected per locus.
  • a probabilistic analysis is typically performed based on the peak intensity ratio. Examples of programs for analyzing mixed samples include Kongho, LikeLTD, LRmix, STRmix, Euroformix, and TrueAllele.
  • artifacts refer to, for example, peaks that are not derived from the DNA type derived from an individual, a balance between peaks that is different from the ideal state, or a peak shape that is different from the ideal state, which can cause the electropherogram and DNA profile obtained during actual DNA analysis to differ from the ideal electropherogram and DNA profile that should be obtained from the DNA type derived from an individual.
  • the DNA type that should be obtained may not be detectable, resulting in a reduced amount of information being obtained.
  • this state is called a drop in.
  • a peak that should be present in an individual's DNA is not detected during CE analysis and is not reflected in the analysis results, this state is called a drop out. It is preferable to set various thresholds to minimize the occurrence of drop in and drop out.
  • Stutter peaks are by-products of PCR amplification. They arise when one or more repeat sequences are skipped or overlapped during the extension reaction. Stutter peaks typically appear before or after the sample peak, and appear one or two repeats more or less than the sample peak. Typically, stutter peaks have an intensity of about 1-20% of the sample peak.
  • various PCR parameters such as the number of PCR cycles, the final extension time, and the amount of input DNA are adjusted so that the A-peak and A++ peak are within a range of 50% or less, more preferably 20% or less, and more preferably 10% or less, relative to the A+ peak intensity.
  • An IAP intensity threshold or an intensity ratio threshold to the main peak may be set to determine whether the intensity of the A-peak or A++ peak falls within the above range and suitable STR-CE has been performed. If the intensity ratio of the A- or A++ peak to the A+ peak is greater than a certain level, the intensity of the main peak will not reflect the original abundance ratio of the gene. In addition, in the case of a mixed sample or when a peak with one base shift appears due to genetic polymorphism, accurate assignment will not be possible. It may also cause the detection of an incorrect DNA type.
  • the ratio of the intensity of the smaller peak to the larger peak (Peak to height ratio, PHR) of the two peaks is 10% or more, more preferably 40% or more, and more preferably 60% or more.
  • the ratio of dNTPs and polymerase to the amplicon decreases, and the tendency for short DNA to be preferentially amplified increases.
  • the electropherogram obtained has a sloped electropherogram with a small peak for long DNA and a large peak for short DNA.
  • the ratio of short DNA to long DNA tends to be higher.
  • a DNA profile with a slope is also obtained.
  • an inhibitor is included, the amplification efficiency of long DNA tends to be lower than that of short DNA, which also gives a DNA profile with a slope.
  • the PCR reagent when the PCR reagent is diluted with the DNA solution more than the original mixing ratio, the amplification efficiency differs, and long DNA is preferentially amplified, giving a DNA profile with a reverse slope.
  • a reaction system in which long DNA is preferentially amplified is obtained, and a DNA profile with a reverse slope is obtained.
  • a profile with a slope or a profile with a large peak intensity ratio between gene loci is not desirable. This is because the difference in peak intensity becomes larger, and peaks that saturate CE or fall below the detection limit become more likely to appear. Also, it becomes difficult to assign mixed samples.
  • Inter locus PHR inter-locus peak intensity ratio
  • the PCR reaction parameters it is desirable to adjust the PCR reaction parameters so that the inter-locus peak intensity ratio (Inter locus PHR) has an intensity of 1% or more, more preferably 5% or more, more preferably 10% or more, and more preferably 20% or more relative to the maximum peak. Also, small peaks that do not meet the Inter locus PHR threshold may be excluded from peak analysis. Also, to deal with degraded DNA, it is desirable that the PCR amplification amount is within an appropriate range for STR-CE or that the dynamic range of CE is designed to be large.
  • OS oversaturation
  • Pull-up peaks are peaks that are derived from other dyes and are detected incorrectly. Pull-ups are particularly noticeable when CE is saturated, but they can also be detected when CE is not saturated.
  • air bubbles in the CE section and background noise in the detection section may be reflected in the electropherogram.
  • An analytical threshold may be set during analysis to prevent noise peaks from being mistakenly used in the analysis.
  • the analytical threshold may be set by measuring background noise to obtain a sufficient signal-to-noise ratio, or may be set by the user, set by the device for each experiment, or may be preset.
  • a program may be stored and executed to determine whether a peak that exceeds the AT is due to an amplification product, poor CE migration, or various types of CE noise.
  • the AT may be set in two or more stages, a first and a second reference value. If the peak has a peak intensity greater than the first reference, it is determined to be a true peak, and if the peak has an intensity greater than the second reference and less than the first reference, review by the user or an expert is required, or it may be set to be determined to be a peak when other set conditions are met. In addition, since amplification efficiency may differ depending on the gene locus, and luminescence efficiency and noise intensity may differ depending on the dye, AT may be set for each gene locus or each dye.
  • Figure 2 shows an evaluation flow for determining whether the obtained DNA profile is a Full profile or for informing the user of the quality of the data. This chart is one example, and the order may be reversed, some steps may be omitted, steps not shown here may be included, and some or all of the steps may be performed simultaneously so that multiple flags are assigned. Also, a flow like that of Figure 2 may be performed for each peak or locus, and it may be determined to be a Full profile if all criteria are met for all loci. Even if it is not a Full profile, information on only the loci that met the criteria may be provided to the user. Also, it may be possible to provide a table or other output showing which criteria were or were not met for each locus.
  • loci should have at least one peak above AT. If there are loci where no peaks are detected, the loci or analysis results may be flagged as Drop out (DO).
  • DO Drop out
  • That peak should have an intensity at least twice that of AT (excluding genes that are uniquely detected, e.g. sex chromosome loci). If there is no intensity at least twice that of AT, the peak, locus, or analysis result will be flagged as inconclusive homozygous (IH flag).
  • All detected peaks must be at DNA chain lengths that can be assigned to a DNA type. If a peak cannot be assigned and does not fall under IPA, it will be recognized as an Off Ladder (OL) peak, and an OL flag will be assigned to the peak, locus, or analytical result. However, peaks that appear at the position of a stutter peak do not need to be considered for OL judgment.
  • OL Off Ladder
  • the third-highest peak should be 1% or less, 5% or less, 10% or less, 20% or less, or 40% or less intense than the second-highest peak. If the ratio of the intensity of the third-highest peak to the intensity of the second-highest peak exceeds a threshold, the DNA contained in the sample may be determined to be from two or more individuals and a Mix flag may be set. However, if the third-highest peak occurs at the position where the first or second stutter peak appears, it may be determined to be a stutter peak.
  • a peak appears at the stutter peak position with an intensity of 1% or less, 5% or less, 10% or less, 15% or less, 20% or less, or 40% or less intense than the main peak, it may be determined to be a stutter and a Mix flag may not be set. If a peak exists at a position that could be a stutter peak, and its intensity exceeds the threshold of the acceptable range for stutter peaks, it may be a Mix, so a Mix flag may be set. Also, if the intensity of the peak with the third highest intensity in a position where a stutter peak should not appear exceeds the threshold, a Mix flag may be set. A similar determination may be made for peaks with the fourth, fifth, and subsequent intensities.
  • the PHR is determined to be poor and a PHR flag may be assigned.
  • a peak that gives an IPA flag also gives an OL flag, so the criterion 205 may also serve as 204, i.e., the IPA flag may include the OL flag.
  • a full profile will be obtained. If a full profile cannot be obtained, an expert review may be requested. In this case, it may take longer to complete the DNA analysis. Therefore, it is necessary to increase the probability of obtaining a full profile by setting an appropriate number of cycles. Also, if the sample is originally mixed, the amount is small, there is a lot of PCR inhibitors, a full profile cannot be obtained but not all loci are detected normally, etc., it can be useful in criminal investigations if 5 or more or 10 or more loci are detected. Such a DNA profile is called a partial profile. The more information on loci obtained, the more useful it is for criminal investigations.
  • the analysis protocol especially the number of PCR cycles, must be set so that as many peaks as possible can be detected.
  • the protocol especially the number of PCR cycles, must be set so that as many peaks as possible can be detected while the electropherogram satisfies 201, 205, and 206 (i.e., these flags are not given).
  • a threshold may be set to determine whether DO is due to the absence of the relevant allele in the DNA input to the PCR reaction, or due to a low number of PCR cycles. For example, if there is a locus with no peaks above AT, and there is a peak in the entire amplified product that is 10 times higher than AT, it may be determined that the DO is due to the sample; if not, it may be determined that the DO is due to a low number of PCR cycles, or that it cannot be due to the sample. This determination can be used to determine whether an analysis with an increased number of PCR cycles should be performed.
  • factors that can cause intensity variations include: (1) variations in the concentration of salts and injection-inhibiting substances contained in the PCR reaction solution, (2) the mixing ratio of the electrophoresis reagent and the PCR reaction solution, (3) amplification efficiency, (4) deterioration of the electrophoresis reagent or incomplete denaturation, (5) temperature variations in the electrophoresis area, (6) variations during electrolytic injection, (7) variations between capillaries and capillary arrays, and (8) detection intensity variations in the detection area.
  • the dynamic range of CE may be the dynamic range described in the manuals set for various CE devices, or it may be the ratio of the maximum amount of amplicon to the minimum amount of amplicon that gives a linear signal relative to the amount of amplicon actually input into CE, or it may be the maximum amount of amplicon to the minimum amount of amplicon that allows the relative ratio of the amount of amplicon input into CE to be assigned from the signal intensity, or it may be the ratio of an arbitrary upper analytical limit to an arbitrary lower analytical limit. It may also be the ratio of OT to AT. It may vary for each measurement.
  • the analytical range of STR-CE may simply correspond to the dynamic range of CE, or may be an experiment in which the amount of DNA put into PCR is changed to examine the amount of DNA at which a specific allele can be correctly detected, or may be an experiment in which the amount of DNA put into PCR is changed to examine the amount of DNA at which a specific allele set can be correctly detected, or such a range of DNA amounts may be examined in experiments for multiple different individuals, and the average, minimum, or maximum range may be used as the analytical range.
  • the amount of DNA used for CE measurement is generally proportional to the amount of DNA put into STR-PCR, but this is not always the case because the CE injection efficiency depends on the DNA concentration, and the PCR amplification efficiency depends on the DNA concentration and the number of cycles.
  • the analytical range of STR-CE does not change significantly in most cases, but it may deviate, especially when the amount of DNA is reduced, due to the occurrence of a stochastic effect (a stochastic effect in which the amount of DNA corresponding to the locus to be amplified is no longer proportional to the amount of DNA input).
  • the dynamic range of CE and the analytical range of STR-CE may be evaluated taking into account the variability of (1) to (8) listed above.
  • the analytical range of an analytical system refers to, for example, the range of DNA contained in a sample that allows DNA analysis to be performed correctly for a DNA sample input into the analytical system.
  • expanding the analytical range of STR-CE it is possible to improve the dynamic range and sensitivity of CE, reduce the variability of STR-CE, prepare multiple cycles of amplification products, prepare eluates with different dilution rates and subject each to STR-CE, etc.
  • the volume or mesh of the purification membrane can be reduced so that the upper limit of the amount of DNA that can be processed by the purification membrane can be cut off, or the dilution rate can be changed by quantifying after purification.
  • Fig. 3 shows an example of the analysis system 101.
  • Fig. 4 shows an example of the operation procedure of the analysis system 101.
  • the biomolecule analyzer includes a computer 102 for performing biomolecule analysis, and a flow path device 104.
  • the flow path device 104 includes a dissolution chamber 301 for introducing and dissolving the collected sample, a purification membrane chamber 303 containing a purification membrane 302, a PCR chamber 304 (a PCR chamber for performing a thermal cycle) for amplifying DNA, and a waste liquid chamber 305.
  • An external connection port 306 is provided that is fluidically connected to the outside of the device. The solution is transported through the external connection port 306, and reagents, amplified products, etc. can be exchanged with the outside of the device.
  • the liquid transfer may be controlled using a pump and valve 307.
  • the pump and valve 307 may all be provided outside the flow path device, or some of them may be provided inside the flow path device 104.
  • the PCR reagent storage section 308 may be provided with PCR reagents 309 (polymerase, primer, dNTP, buffer, etc.) required for the PCR reaction, and the migration reagent storage section 310 may be provided with migration reagent 311.
  • the chamber includes reagent reservoirs 312, 313, and 314 for storing reagents necessary for pretreatment.
  • a lysis buffer is transported from the reagent reservoir 312 to the lysis chamber 301.
  • lysis begins in a lysis step 402.
  • a purification step 403 the lysis product is transported from the lysis chamber 301 to the purification membrane chamber 303, where the DNA is bound to the purification membrane 302, and a cleaning solution is released from the reagent reservoir 313, and purification is performed. After purification, a step of drying the cleaning solution and the like may be included. An elution solution is released from the reagent reservoir 314, and the DNA eluted from the purification membrane chamber 303 is transported to the PCR chamber 304. A PCR reagent is transported from the PCR reagent reservoir 308 to the PCR chamber 304 and mixed with the eluted DNA.
  • the purified DNA in the PCR chamber 304 is mixed with a PCR reagent 309 and subjected to a PCR reaction.
  • the amplified DNA is mixed with the migration reagent 311 stored in the migration reagent storage section 310, and measurement is performed in the CE section 105.
  • a step can be added in which the mixture is heated to 80-100°C and then rapidly cooled to 0-10°C before CE analysis. By adding this step, the DNA is more completely converted into single strands, enabling highly accurate CE analysis.
  • Example of analysis system used in this embodiment shows an outline of the analysis system 101 of this embodiment (FIG. 5(1)) and an example of an operation procedure (FIG. 5(2)). Operation steps 501 to 507 may correspond to the amplification step 404 and the detection step 405.
  • the analysis system 101 of this embodiment has a flow path device 104 and a CE section 105, and the flow path device is equipped with a PCR chamber 304.
  • the analysis system 101 also has a dispensing chamber 320.
  • a PCR reaction solution or an electrophoresis sample is sent to the dispensing chamber 320.
  • the dispensing chamber 320 may be omitted.
  • Each element is connected by flow paths 315, 316.
  • the analysis system 101 prepares a PCR reaction solution in step 501, performs m PCR cycles in the PCR chamber 304 in step 502, and then removes a portion of the amplified product from the PCR chamber 304 as PCR reaction solution m without changing its composition in step 503, performs CE measurement on the electrophoresis sample m in the CE unit 105 in step 504, and performs thermal cycling n-m times on the PCR reaction solution m remaining in the PCR chamber 304 in step 505 to obtain a PCR reaction solution n.
  • step 506 a portion of the PCR reaction solution n is removed from the PCR chamber 304 without changing its composition, and performs CE measurement on the electrophoresis sample n in the CE unit 105 in step 507.
  • the dispensing step in step 506 may be omitted, and all of the amplification products from n cycles may be mixed with the electrophoresis reagent in step 507.
  • Steps 503 to 505 can be repeated multiple times to increase the number of divisions to three, four, or more.
  • Steps 504 and 507 may be performed simultaneously, or 507 may be performed after 504. By performing 507 after 504, the setting of 505 can be changed depending on the result of 504.
  • the analysis system 101 may be equipped with heating units 317 and 318 (temperature control/heating mechanism) for performing thermal cycling in the PCR chamber 304.
  • a flow path 319 and a flow path 315 are connected to the PCR chamber 304, and the supply of reagents and pressure may be controlled.
  • the analysis system 101 may be equipped with a pump and valve 307 for performing solution transport suitable for various steps such as a flow path device and CE measurement. As shown in FIG.
  • the analysis system 101 may be equipped with a computer 102, which may be equipped with a function of controlling the pump and valve 307, controlling the CE measurement, controlling temperature, analyzing data obtained from the CE unit 105 and the heating units 317 and 318, feeding back the data, providing the data to the user, and the like.
  • the flow path device may be equipped with a dispensing chamber 320.
  • the dispensing chamber 320 has a function of taking out a part of the amplified product from the PCR chamber 304 without changing the composition at the timing when m thermal cycles are completed.
  • the dispensing chamber 320 may have a measuring function for extracting a specified amount of the PCR reaction liquid m or n.
  • the dispensing chamber 320 may suck up the PCR reaction liquid, or the PCR reaction liquid may be sent to the dispensing chamber 320 by pressurization.
  • the dispensing chamber 320 may be provided simply to temporarily store the PCR reaction liquid, and may not have a measuring function.
  • the dispensing chamber 320 may be provided outside the flow path device 104.
  • the analysis system 101 may have a waiting section 321 between the CE section 105 and the PCR section.
  • the waiting section 321 may temporarily hold the PCR reaction solution or the electrophoretic sample in which the PCR reaction solution and formamide are mixed from step 506 to 507 or from 503 to 504.
  • the flow path device in FIG. 6 (and the following figures) may be arranged vertically, that is, so that the main part of the flow path or at least a part of the flow path is parallel to the direction of gravity. In one form of the flow path device, the bottom side of the figure is used facing downward in the direction of gravity. By using it vertically, air bubbles/mixed air in each chamber accumulate at the top of the chamber, so that when transporting to the next chamber/flow path, the solution is removed from the bottom, minimizing the mixing of air into the next step.
  • the flow path device can be modified as follows:
  • the flow path device may include a mixing chamber 327 between the dispensing chamber 320 and the external connection port 306.
  • the PCR reaction solution in the dispensing chamber 320 may be mixed with the electrophoresis reagent in the mixing chamber 327.
  • the mixing chamber 327 may be connected to the dispensing chamber 320 by a flow path 328.
  • the mixing chamber 327 may be provided outside the flow path device, inside the analysis system 101, and in some cases, the standby unit 321 may take on this role.
  • a flow path 329 is connected to the mixing chamber 327, and air bubbles may be sent into the mixing chamber 327 for mixing by applying pressure to the flow path 329, or the electrophoresis sample may be sent to the CE unit 105.
  • the PCR chamber 304 may have three flow paths 319, 315, and 330.
  • the flow path 319 may be connected to the upstream side of the sample, the flow path 315 to the dispensing chamber 320, and the flow path 330 to the mixing chamber 327.
  • the PCR reaction liquid m taken out from the PCR chamber 304 may be transported to the mixing chamber 327 via the dispensing chamber 320, and the PCR reaction liquid n taken out from the PCR chamber 304 may be transported to the mixing chamber 327 via the flow path 330 without passing through the dispensing chamber 320. Since the PCR reaction liquid m and the PCR reaction liquid n pass through different paths, it is possible to suppress the decrease in reproducibility caused by the remaining liquid.
  • reaction liquid n is measured and the reaction liquid m is not measured and the entire amount is transported to the mixing chamber 327 or the CE unit 105, there is no need to transport the reaction liquid m to the dispensing chamber 320, so this flow path device structure makes it easier to perform split PCR.
  • PCR reaction liquid m is also to be measured, another dispensing chamber may be provided in addition to the dispensing chamber 320 used for PCR reaction liquid n.
  • the flow path device 104 may have electrophoretic reagent storage sections 310 and 331 for storing electrophoretic reagents (formamide, DNA fragments, pure water, etc.).
  • the electrophoretic reagent storage sections 310 and 331 may be located on the flow path 315 or on the flow path 319.
  • the reagent storage section may be divided into two or more storage sections for one type of reagent as shown in FIG. 10. By dividing into two, a specified amount of reagent can be released from each storage section at the time of division. Alternatively, the amount of liquid released from the storage section may be controlled so that the reagent can be released in two or more separate times from one reagent storage section. As shown in FIG.
  • the flow path device 104 may have air storage sections 332 and 333.
  • the air storage sections 332 and 333 may be located on the flow path 315 or on the flow path 319.
  • a specified amount of PCR reaction liquid can be transported outside the PCR chamber 304.
  • mixing chamber 327 may also serve as dispensing chamber 320.
  • Air reservoir 332 or 333 may contain a liquid that does not affect the PCR reaction, such as oil, instead of air. Air reservoir 332 or 333 may be filled with PCR reaction liquid, and the PCR reaction liquid may be newly replenished with a volume equivalent to the pushed-out PCR liquid.
  • This section describes a method for performing split PCR on the flow path device 104. Although a dispensing chamber is mentioned in various places, a solution may be directly transported to the CE section 105 without using a dispensing chamber/mixing chamber.
  • FIG. 12 shows an example of a flow path device 104
  • FIG. 13 shows an example of a transport method for performing split PCR on the flow path device of FIG. 12.
  • some reference numerals are shown in FIG. 12 but omitted in FIG. 13.
  • Step I There is a PCR chamber 304 containing a PCR reaction solution 335, and m cycles of PCR reaction are carried out in the PCR chamber 304 with valves 326, 323, and 325 closed. This step may correspond to step 502.
  • the analysis system 101 performs m thermal cycles on the PCR reaction solution 335 in the PCR chamber 304 to generate PCR reaction solution m (first reaction solution).
  • Step II After m cycles of PCR reaction are completed, valves 326 and 323 are opened to transfer a portion of the solution in PCR chamber 304 to dispensing chamber 320. This step may correspond to step 503.
  • the flow path device 104 has valves 326, 323 that can be opened and closed, and a portion of the PCR reaction solution m is divided and removed by closing the valves 326, 323 before the start of m thermal cycles and opening the valves 326, 323 after the end of m thermal cycles. In this way, the division process can be carried out appropriately.
  • Step IV Open the valve 325 and transport the electrophoretic sample in the mixing chamber 327 to the outside of the flow path device 104 (to the standby section 321 or CE section 105 of the analysis system). This step may correspond to step 504.
  • Step V Close valve 326 and perform thermal cycle n-m times. This step may correspond to step 505.
  • the analysis system 101 performs n-m thermal cycles (where n-m is an integer of 2 or greater) on the PCR reaction liquid m remaining in the PCR chamber 304 so that the total number of thermal cycles is n, to generate PCR reaction liquid n (second reaction liquid).
  • Step VI After a total of n thermal cycles are completed, close valve 325, open valves 326 and 323, and transport PCR reaction solution n to mixing chamber 327.
  • the analysis system 101 may perform electrophoretic analysis of at least a portion of the PCR reaction solution n in the CE section 105.
  • FIG. 14 shows the analysis process of split PCR
  • Fig. 15 shows an example of a flow path device 104
  • some reference symbols are shown in Fig. 15 but omitted in Fig. 16.
  • the flow path device 104 has a valve 337 on the flow path 315 that connects the dispensing chamber 320 and the PCR chamber 304.
  • the valve 337 is installed on the PCR chamber 304 side of the branch with the migration reagent storage section 310.
  • a valve 338 is also installed in the flow path 316.
  • a valve 339 is also installed on the flow path 319, on the flow path 329 side of the branch with the migration reagent storage section 331.
  • Step I All valves are closed. There is a PCR chamber 304 containing a ⁇ l of PCR reaction solution 335, and 24 thermal cycles are performed in the PCR chamber 304. After completing the 24 thermal cycles, a final extension is performed for 8 minutes. (Steps 601 to 604 may correspond to steps 501 and 502.)
  • Step II After 24 cycles of PCR reaction are completed, valves 326, 323, and 337 are opened, and a portion of the solution in PCR chamber 304, b ⁇ l (where a>b), is transported to dispensing chamber 320 via flow path 315. (This may correspond to step 605 or step 503.)
  • Step III Valves 323, 326, and 337 are closed, and valves 324 and 325 are opened, pushing out c ⁇ l migration reagent 311 from migration reagent reservoir 310, and transporting PCR reaction solution m stored in dispensing chamber 320 to mixing chamber 327. PCR reaction solution m is mixed with migration reagent 311 to become migration sample 336. (This may correspond to step 606 or step 504.) At this time, migration reagent 311 may remain in part of dispensing chamber 320 and flow path 315.
  • Step IV Close valve 324, open valve 338, and transport the electrophoretic sample in the mixing chamber 327 to the outside of the flow path device 104 (to the standby section 321 or CE section 105 of the analysis system). (This may correspond to step 607 or step 504.)
  • Step VI After a total of 30 thermal cycles are completed, open valves 326, 323, and 325 to push out d ⁇ l of electrophoretic reagent from electrophoretic reagent reservoir 331, and transport PCR reaction solution n to mixing chamber 327. (This may correspond to step 506.)
  • Step VII Valve 325 is closed, valve 339 is opened, and air pressure is applied to send all the solution remaining in the PCR chamber 304 to the mixing chamber 327. Air may also be sent into the mixing chamber 327 to agitate and homogenize the electrophoresis sample 336. (This may correspond to step 611 and step 507.)
  • Step VIII Open the valve 338 and transport the electrophoretic sample in the mixing chamber 327 to the outside of the flow path device 104 (to the standby section 321 or CE section 105 of the analysis system). (This may correspond to step 612 or step 507.)
  • step 605 the temperature of the PCR chamber 304 during dispensing may be set to any temperature between room temperature and denaturation.
  • the solutions may be kept at low temperatures (4°C). Keeping the solutions at low temperatures can prevent deterioration of the samples and the progression of unnecessary reactions.
  • step 605 it is preferable to set the temperature during division to the same temperature as the denaturation step, as this prevents unnecessary extension reactions and suppresses the occurrence of artifacts.
  • step 605 if the temperature during division is set to be equal to the extension temperature, an unnecessary extension reaction occurs, but non-specific amplification can be suppressed. This is also preferable because it avoids inactivation of the polymerase and fluorophore. The impact of the unnecessary extension reaction on the analytical accuracy of STR-CE can be ignored.
  • the temperature during division may be between the extension temperature and RT. In this case, precise temperature control is not required, which is convenient. Since there are sufficient amplicons at the time when m cycles of PCR are completed, the effect of non-specific amplification can be ignored.
  • step 605 the shorter the time required for division, the better. If the division takes a long time, there is a possibility that artifacts will increase. In addition, the longer the division takes, the greater the risk of inactivation of various biomolecules, such as polymerase.
  • the analysis system 101 does not perform analysis by a method other than electrophoretic analysis on each reaction solution (including a part of PCR reaction solution m and at least a part of PCR reaction solution n) before electrophoretic analysis. This simplifies the configuration of the device, and, for example, does not require an additional optical system.
  • the volume of PCR reaction solution used in this flow path device is 1 ⁇ l to 200 ⁇ l, and more preferably 10 ⁇ l to 50 ⁇ l.
  • the smaller the volume of solution the more accurate and faster the temperature control can be.
  • the larger the volume of solution the more purified DNA can be accommodated, making it easier to achieve high sensitivity.
  • the larger the volume of solution the less precise the measurement of the solution becomes when dividing.
  • Table 2 shows an example of the amount of liquid when divided. The amount of liquid actually measured does not have to be the value in the table, and the median value when multiple measurements are taken can be the value in the table.
  • the total amount of PCR reaction solution is a ⁇ l
  • the amount of solution removed during cycle m in step 503 is b ⁇ l
  • the amount of migration reagent mixed with PCR reaction solution m in step 504 is c ⁇ l
  • the amount of migration reagent mixed with PCR reaction solution n in step 507 is d ⁇ l.
  • Table 2 above shows an example of a suitable relationship or set value for a-d.
  • it is necessary that the ionic strength of the migration sample is sufficiently low. Therefore, it is preferable to mix the amount of migration reagent in a volume ratio of 2, 5, 10, 20, etc., greater than the amount of PCR reaction solution.
  • the PCR division can be set so that PCR reaction solution m and PCR reaction solution n are equal. If the amounts of PCR reaction solution m and n are close, stable delivery of the electrophoresis reagent to the CE section can be achieved.
  • the PCR division can be set so that PCR reaction solution m is smaller than PCR reaction solution n.
  • Set 1 is an example of the solution volume when the amount of electrophoresis reagent is set to 10 times the amount of PCR reaction solution.
  • Set 2 is an example of the amount of solution when the amount of PCR reagent is 15 ⁇ l, 5 ⁇ l of solution is taken out at the time of division into m cycles, and the entire amount of PCR reaction solution is mixed with the electrophoresis reagent at the time of n cycles.
  • the analysis system 101 transports the entire amount of PCR reaction solution in the PCR chamber out of the PCR chamber at the end of n thermal cycles. In this way, the device required for measurement can be omitted, and the configuration of the flow path can be simplified.
  • the migration reagent is left in the dispensing chamber 320. If the amount of migration reagent in the migration reagent storage section 310 is sufficiently large compared to the dispensing chamber 320, the influence on the analytical accuracy and range can be ignored even if the migration reagent is left in the dispensing chamber 320. In addition, if a flow path 322 is provided as an air line between the valve 337 and the dispensing chamber 320 on the flow path 315, or an air storage section 334 is provided, the entire amount can be pushed into the dispensing chamber 320 and the mixing chamber 327.
  • Set 3 is an example of the amount of solution stored in the migration reagent reservoir 310 when it is anticipated that e ⁇ l of migration reagent will remain in the dispensing chamber 320.
  • Set 4 is an example of the amount of solution stored in the electrophoretic reagent storage section 310 when the volume of the dispensing chamber 320 is b ⁇ l and it is expected that b ⁇ l of electrophoretic reagent will remain in the dispensing chamber 320.
  • Measurement may be performed when dispensing PCR reaction solution m in step 503 and when dispensing PCR reaction solution n in step 506. If step 506 is omitted and the entire amount of PCR reaction solution n is mixed with the electrophoresis reagent, measurement may be performed only in step 503. In other words, the number of measurements may be the number of divisions minus 1. Similarly, if measurement is performed twice, since there is a specified amount of liquid in the PCR chamber, an additional p PCR thermal cycles may be performed on the reaction solution remaining in the PCR chamber, and the CE of the third division reaction solution after n+p cycles of PCR reaction may be measured.
  • new PCR reagent may be used to push out the PCR reaction solution m in step 503, and a specified amount may be transported to the dispensing chamber 320 or the mixing chamber 327.
  • This division method may be implemented by sealing PCR reagent instead of air in the air reservoir 332 in FIG. 10. Since it is pushed out with a solution, it has the advantage that the pushed-out volume is easy to specify. In addition, when pushing out with PCR reaction solution, it has the advantage that there is no adverse effect on the reaction due to the inclusion of air bubbles or oil.
  • air reservoirs 332 and 333 can be installed in the flow path device 104, and when m cycles are completed in step 502, the PCR reagent can be pushed out of the air chamber, and a specified amount can be transported to the dispensing chamber 320 or the mixing chamber 327 in step A3.
  • the dispensing chamber 320 and the flow path 315 are designed to prevent air from entering.
  • An example of a structure for preventing air from entering is shown in FIG. 17.
  • the flow path 315 branches off from the PCR chamber 304 from below the liquid level 701 of the PCR reaction solution 335 in the direction of gravity. Since air accumulates on the upper side of the PCR chamber 304, the amount of air introduced into the flow path 315 during division can be minimized.
  • the liquid volume and the chamber shape it is preferable to design the liquid volume and the chamber shape so that the liquid level 701 is located above the connection part of the PCR chamber 304 and the flow path 315 in the direction of gravity when division is completed.
  • the liquid level 701 may be located above the valve 326 or 323 in the direction of gravity. In this case, it is possible to minimize or completely eliminate air bubbles entering the PCR chamber 304.
  • the PCR reaction solution 335 located above the valve 326 or 323 does not need to be subjected to the PCR reaction. However, in this case, there is a possibility that unreacted reagents may be mixed into the CE measurement, decreasing the sensitivity.
  • the flow channel 315 may be connected to the bottom of the PCR chamber 304. This configuration has the advantage that air is less likely to enter, but the flow channel 315 is somewhat long, which tends to cause liquid loss.
  • the dispensing chamber 320 may have a measuring function.
  • FIG. 18 shows an example of a dispensing chamber 320 with a measuring function.
  • the flow paths 315 and 328 connected to the dispensing chamber 320 are provided with valves 324 and 337.
  • the valve 337 may be used not only for measuring, but also to prevent liquid from splashing out into the dispensing chamber 320 during the PCR reaction, and to prevent the migration reagent and migration sample from flowing back into the PCR chamber 304 after dispensing.
  • the valve 324 may be provided not only for measuring, but also to prevent the migration sample from flowing back after being transported to the mixing chamber.
  • the volume of the dispensing chamber may correspond to the amount of liquid to be measured by dividing the amplification product m.
  • the dispensing chamber may be spherical or cylindrical, rectangular, elongated, or serpentine, or may be ellipsoidal or elliptical cylindrical.
  • the analysis system 101 may measure a predetermined amount of PCR reaction liquid m within the range of 0.1% to 50% by transporting the PCR reaction liquid m to the dispensing chamber 320 (measurement unit) after m thermal cycles have been completed. In this way, no additional measurement process is required.
  • Figure 19 shows an example of a weighing mechanism. Multiple mechanisms like those shown in Figure 19 may be combined for weighing. A weighing mechanism not shown may also be used. More robust weighing may be achieved by combining multiple weighing mechanisms.
  • FIG. 19(a) shows an example of a metering mechanism, which is equipped with a vent filter 702 and a flow path 703 that connects to flow path 328.
  • Flow path 703 is connected to the dispensing chamber 320 side of the valve 324 of flow path 328.
  • a suitable material for the vent filter 702 is a hydrophobic porous filter made of PP, fluororesin, or the like. Steps I to III in FIG. 20 show an example of the operation of this metering mechanism.
  • Step I Pressure is applied to the PCR chamber 304, and the PCR reaction liquid is sent into the dispensing chamber 320. Air present in the dispensing chamber 320 and before and after it is released from the vent filter 702 via the flow path 703.
  • Step II Since the amplified products and electrophoretic reagents cannot pass through the vent filter 702, the PCR reaction liquid is weighed to the volume of the dispensing chamber 320 and the flow paths before and after it.
  • Step III Close valve 337 and open valve 324.
  • the PCR reaction mixture in dispensing chamber 320 is pumped to mixing chamber 327 using electrophoretic reagent or air.
  • a flow path resistance 704 may be provided on the flow path 328.
  • the flow path resistance 704 may be a hydrophobic filter made of PP, fluororesin, or the like.
  • the hydrophobicity of the flow path surface at the flow path resistance 704 may be higher than that of the flow path 328.
  • the flow path width may be narrowed by the flow path resistance 704, or an obstacle may be provided.
  • the flow path width of the flow path resistance 704 may be abruptly widened.
  • the flow path resistance 704 may be provided using the principle of a capillary stop valve. Air can easily escape until the flow path resistance 704 comes into contact with the liquid.
  • Figures I to III in FIG. 21 show an example of the operation of this metering mechanism.
  • Step I Pressure (A kPa) is applied to the PCR chamber 304, and the PCR reaction liquid is sent to the dispensing chamber 320.
  • the air present in the dispensing chamber 320 and before and after it can be smoothly removed through the flow path resistance 704.
  • Step II At an applied pressure of A kPa, the PCR reaction liquid cannot exceed the flow resistance 704 or can only exceed it for a long time, so that a specified amount of PCR reaction liquid can be measured out in the dispensing chamber 320.
  • Step III Close valve 337 and apply B kPa (where B>A) to dispensing chamber 320 using electrophoretic reagent or air.
  • the PCR reaction solution in dispensing chamber 320 can be sent to mixing chamber 327.
  • a liquid level sensor 705 may be attached to the flow path 328 or the dispensing chamber 320, and the structure may be such that the transport of liquid is stopped when the dispensing chamber 320 is filled with a specified amount of liquid.
  • Figure 22 shows an example of a simple metering mechanism that does not use a liquid level sensor, vent filter, or flow path resistor. However, this method can also be combined with a liquid level sensor, vent filter, flow path resistor, etc. to provide a robust dispensing mechanism.
  • Step I There is a PCR chamber 304 containing a PCR reaction solution 335, and m cycles of PCR reaction are carried out in the PCR chamber 304 with all valves closed.
  • Step III Apply a pressure of 100 kPa through flow paths 319 and 330.
  • Step IV Valve 337 is opened, and a portion of the solution in PCR chamber 304 is transferred to dispensing chamber 320.
  • the air in dispensing chamber 320 is compressed to about half its original pressure, the pressures in dispensing chamber 320 and PCR chamber 304 are balanced, and the transfer of solution stops.
  • Step V Close valve 337 and open valve 324 to return the pressure in dispensing chamber 320 to atmospheric pressure.
  • the amount of liquid that has entered the dispensing chamber 320 can be determined by the pressure applied to the dispensing chamber 320.
  • the volume of the dispensing chamber 320 is V1 and the inside is filled with air at pressure P1
  • P2 is balanced with the applied pressure, the solution stops.
  • step I if the pressure in the dispensing chamber is 100 kPa, when the volume of the dispensing chamber 320 is reduced to half, the pressure in both the dispensing chamber and the PCR chamber becomes 200 kPa and the forces are balanced. Therefore, it is possible to dispense PCR reaction solution 335 equivalent to about 50% of the volume of the dispensing chamber.
  • the pressure shown here is just one example, and the volume of the dispensing chamber, the space in the flow path before and after it, and the amount of liquid to be measured may be appropriately set and measured.
  • the disadvantage of this method is that the valve tends to require high pressure resistance.
  • the volume of the dispensing chamber 320 is set to a value larger than the amount to be measured, the pressure required for dispensing and measuring will be reduced, but the disadvantage is that the amount of residual liquid will be large when it is pushed out with the migration reagent afterwards.
  • FIG 23 shows the CE intensity when the ratio of PCR reaction solution to electrophoresis reagent is changed.
  • the variation in peak intensity between capillaries was normalized by the average intensity of a size standard that did not contain PCR reaction solution, which was measured separately.
  • the peak intensity of the size standard monotonically decreased as the ratio of PCR reaction solution increased.
  • the peak intensity of the amplified product monotonically increased, and the variation in peak intensity was limited in response to changes in the liquid volume.
  • Equation 1 Taking the standard case where 1 ⁇ l of PCR reaction solution is mixed with 10 ⁇ l of electrophoresis reagent as the standard, when the amount of PCR reaction solution varies by ⁇ ⁇ l, Equation 1 is expressed as follows.
  • the injection amount of the amplified product k 3 *C 3 is obtained by transforming Equation 1 as follows, and increases monotonically with the volume of the PCR reaction solution.
  • the range of DNA amount that can be correctly analyzed at a certain PCR cycle number m is between the lower limit a and the upper limit b.
  • the analytical range of STR-CE that can be analyzed with one cycle number is 803.
  • the range of DNA amount that can be correctly analyzed at a certain PCR cycle number n is between the lower limit c and the upper limit d.
  • the analytical range can be expanded from b/a or d/c to b/c.
  • the analytical range of STR-CE when expanded by split PCR is 804.
  • 804 is the range of DNA amount where either m or n falls within the analytical range of STR-CE, and in principle, there is no DNA amount falling outside the analytical range.
  • the analytical range (b/a) at each cycle number is assumed to be almost constant and to change by 2x times with respect to the cycle number difference x. In this case, the interval between m and n is limited to the range of the following formula 2.
  • FIG. 24(1) An example of a case where this requirement is met is shown in Figure 24(1).
  • the analysis range b/a for the amount of DNA brought into the PCR is 80 times, an appropriate nm is 6 or less, and the magnification ratio is 64.
  • the magnification ratio can be increased by (b/a) y-1 for the number of divisions y, but it is thought that a smaller number of divisions will enable stable liquid delivery on a simple flow path device.
  • m and n are set and the amplified products m and n are analyzed.
  • Figure 24(2) shows the analysis range when the interval between m and n does not satisfy formula 2.
  • the lower limit a that can be analyzed with m exceeds the upper limit d that can be analyzed with n, and correct DNA identification cannot be performed with a DNA concentration between a and d. If a>d and there are no samples between a and d, or if the frequency is extremely low, it is acceptable to set the values of m and n so that the relationship a>d holds, but since the amount of DNA in the sample actually input is often unknown, it is preferable to satisfy formula 2.
  • n may be set according to the measurement results of electrophoretic sample m.
  • n may be set according to the following conditions: (1) No peaks of amplification product m are detected at all. (2) Peaks are detected and some peaks are below the AT. (3) Peaks are detected and some peaks are already saturated or exceed the IAP threshold.
  • an additional PCR may be performed with n-m cycles (n-m ⁇ log(z/y)).
  • STR-CE contains a mixture of homozygous and heterozygous loci, so even in an ideal analysis system where all amplification efficiencies, CE injection efficiencies, and fluorescent dye emission efficiencies are equal, there will be a 1:2 difference in intensity between the heterozygous and homozygous peaks.
  • STR-CE The effective analytical range of STR-CE when there is a difference in the abundance ratio of the alleles to be analyzed is explained using Figure 25. It is assumed that the amplification product contains allele ⁇ and allele ⁇ . However, it is assumed that the amounts of allele ⁇ and ⁇ are ⁇ > ⁇ before or after amplification.
  • Plot 805 is a plot of the amount of allele ⁇ in the amplification product or the CE peak intensity against the amount of input DNA.
  • Plot 806 is a plot of the amount of allele ⁇ in the amplification product or the CE peak intensity against the amount of input DNA. Plots 805 and 806 are not necessarily linear. It is assumed that amplicon ⁇ can be analyzed with DNA input amounts ranging from a to b.
  • the effective analytical range becomes smaller as the intensity ratio of the DNA to be analyzed increases, as shown in Equation 3.
  • Figure 26 shows a table showing the numerical values corresponding to the range 807 and the intensity ratio ⁇ / ⁇ of the maximum amplicon to the minimum amplicon that can be analyzed by split PCR for each set value of n-m. For example, if the range 807 is 120 and n-m is set to 5, the allele with an abundance ratio of 1/3.75 relative to the allele with the highest abundance ratio will be the analysis target. Conversely, if the intensity ratio of the allele set to be analyzed is greater than the ratio shown in Figure 26, it means that a concentration where the maximum or minimum peak hits the upper or lower analytical limit will appear within the analytical range. For example, as in Figure 27(1), there is no problem if the concentration is such that both ⁇ and ⁇ can be detected, but as in Figure 27(2), a situation may occur where only ⁇ can be detected and ⁇ cannot be detected.
  • - STR-CE includes stutter peaks, and peaks with peak intensities more than 1:20 apart within a single locus are difficult to distinguish from stutter peaks, so there is no need to analyze peaks with intensity ratios greater than 1:20 or 1:40 within a single locus.
  • - Degraded DNA may also have a reduced total DNA amount, so there is no need to analyze peaks whose peak intensities are separated by more than 1:20, 1:40, or 1:100.
  • an inter locus PHR threshold that specifies the minimum peak intensity relative to the maximum peak intensity to be analyzed may be set.
  • the abundance ratio of the allele to be analyzed it is preferable to set the abundance ratio of the allele to be analyzed to be slightly lower than the inter locus PHR threshold.
  • the peak resulting from one copy of DNA can be detected by setting the cycle number to 36.
  • n cycles may be set to the minimum number of PCR cycles at which the peak of the amplicon derived from one copy always exceeds AT.
  • n cycles may be set to the minimum number of PCR cycles that ensures that the amplification products derived from 20 copies of genomic DNA will be full profile.
  • n cycles may be set to the maximum PCR cycle number at which the intensity ratio of stutter peaks or other peaks resulting from amplification errors (excluding IAP) does not exceed a threshold value.
  • n can be set under the assumption that the detection limit increases or decreases by a factor of two with each cycle. However, if the amount of DNA is too small, the stochastic effect will cause greater variance in peak intensity, so it is more appropriate to set a cycle number with some leeway.
  • n-m that covers the intensity ratio of the peak to be analyzed, and the value of m, as shown in Figure 26.
  • n having a cycle number difference of log 2 (analytical range 803) or less with respect to m.
  • the number of cycles can be set with some leeway, taking into account the fluctuations of various analysis systems and peak intensity ratios.
  • the maximum amount of DNA to be input into STR-CE is determined, it is more preferable to set the maximum number of cycles that can satisfy 201 to 207 in Figure 2 when that amount of DNA is input.
  • the number of cycles can be set with some leeway, taking into account the fluctuations of various analysis systems and peak intensity ratios.
  • n If you set n first, you can set it from the difference between n-m that covers the intensity ratio of the peak you want to analyze, as shown in Figure 26, and the value of n.
  • the interval between m and n is 2 or 3
  • the expansion rate of the analytical range is only 4 or 8 times.
  • the maximum setting value of n is 36 and the minimum setting value of m is 20, so the minimum setting value of n is 24 and the maximum setting value of m is 32.
  • Figure 28(1) shows the analysis range expansion ratio when m and n are set.
  • the interval between m and n can be determined based on this table to obtain the required expansion ratio.
  • this table does not take into account changes in the analysis range that depend on the DNA concentration range, such as the Stochastic effect.
  • the original analysis range is larger than the expansion ratio, it is inappropriate because it will result in a range of DNA amounts that cannot be analyzed, as shown in Figure 24(2).
  • setting the expansion ratio to the limit of the original analysis range will result in alleles that cannot be analyzed.
  • Figure 28(2) shows the analytical range (number of digits) expanded by split PCR.
  • genomic DNA 0.75 ng to 48 ng (1.8 digits) can be analyzed at 25 PCR cycles.
  • this range varies depending on the individual's DNA, the quality of the DNA, and the CE measurement system. Therefore, this range needs to be evaluated for each measurement system. Variation must also be taken into account.
  • the number of digits of the analytical range when m and n are changed, the analytical lower limit for n cycles, and the analytical upper limit for m cycles are shown here.
  • the stochastic effect when the amount of DNA is reduced is not taken into account. The table was created assuming that everything changes by 2n with respect to the number of cycles.
  • the typical dynamic range of CE is 2000 or less. Even in ideal DNA testing, the peak intensity ratio will be more than twice as high, so it is desirable for the difference between n and m to be 9 or less.
  • the dynamic range of higher performance CE is 4000 or less.
  • the peak intensity ratio is 4 times or more, so it is desirable for the difference between n and m to be 9 or less.
  • a suitable range is m equal to or greater than 20 and equal to or less than 32.
  • Another example of a suitable range is n equal to or greater than 24 and equal to or less than 36.
  • Another example of a suitable range is n being 4 to 9 more than m.
  • a final extension step may be performed after m thermal cycles, and the mixture may be divided, and then final extension may be performed again after n thermal cycles.
  • the analysis system 101 may hold PCR reaction solution m at a constant temperature in the range of 50°C to 80°C for 1 to 20 minutes, and then remove a portion of it. With this configuration, only one heater is required around the PCR, making the apparatus and flow path device structure simple.
  • the operation shown in FIG. 29 can be performed by the flow path device 104 in FIG. 6.
  • the heating unit 318 is installed so as to be in contact with the dispensing chamber 320.
  • the mixture is divided in the dispensing chamber 320 in step 605, and a heater final extension step is performed in step 604.
  • the PCR reaction solution remaining in the PCR chamber may be thermal cycled n-m times in step 608 in parallel with step 604, or may be performed with a time lag.
  • a final extension step may be performed on product n in a holding chamber. That is, in the example of FIG. 29, for example, the analysis system 101 holds a portion of the PCR reaction solution m at a constant temperature in the range of 50°C to 80°C for 1 to 20 minutes.
  • CE analysis results are provided to users. If CE is performed more than once using split PCR, more than one electropherogram will be generated. Either the two electropherograms or the DNA analysis results may be provided to the user. The two or more electropherograms may be scored as to which is more suitable for DNA analysis and provided together with the CE analysis results.
  • the analysis system 101 may determine which of the results of electrophoretic analysis of a portion of the PCR reaction solution m and the results of electrophoretic analysis of at least a portion of the PCR reaction solution n is the better result, and output the better result. Alternatively, it may output information that allows for determining which result is the better result. Also, it may notify whether or not it is a full profile using a part of the flowchart shown in FIG. 2. For scoring, the number of loci that meet the judgment criteria shown in FIG. 2 may be used, the number of loci that do not meet the judgment criteria may be used, the number of flags that are judged not to meet the judgment criteria may be used, or a comprehensive calculation may be performed using an algorithm based on the judgment criteria.
  • Data from an intermediate stage of DNA identification analysis may be provided to the user. Only the analysis results for the side that has obtained a full profile or is judged to have a better electropherogram may be provided to the user. In this way, the results can be compared efficiently. Also, it is easy for non-experts to select the appropriate result when they receive data from the system.
  • the two data sets may be combined for DNA analysis.
  • DNA analysis where the peak intensity ratio is large, it is conceivable that the allele showing the minimum intensity at m will be less than AT, and the allele showing the maximum intensity at n will be oversaturated.
  • significant peaks or DNA analysis results can be extracted from each of m and n, combined, and provided.
  • this embodiment can be used to expand the dynamic range of CE.
  • the number of times CE is measured using an analytical system may be two, one, or even three or more times.
  • the product of cycle m When measuring twice, the product of cycle m may be measured twice, the product of cycle n may be measured twice, the product of cycle m may be measured after cycle n, the analysis of cycle m may be performed after cycle n, the analysis of cycle n may be started regardless of the status of the data of cycle m, the analysis of cycle m may be started regardless of the status of the data of cycle n, or the analyses of m and n may be performed completely simultaneously.
  • first electrophoresis result is poor, you can analyze the amplified products with the same number of cycles again. Also, if the first electrophoresis result is poor, you can analyze the products with the other number of cycles. Poor electrophoresis here refers to a situation where some or all of the size standard peaks cannot be detected, or where the solution gets stuck somewhere during transport.
  • the DNA identification results obtained can be compared against the database, and based on the feedback obtained, analysis of the other amplification product can be started or continued.
  • the user may decide whether to analyze the other amplification product.
  • the user may make the decision by looking at the first data or analysis score, or may decide whether to perform a second measurement at any time regardless of the data.
  • Product m or n may be held inside or outside the device, and once the measurement is completed, it may be removed from the cartridge or analysis system 101 and measured outside the device. It may also be stored in the cartridge for a certain period of time and then re-measured later in the device. During that time, it is desirable to store the amplification products in a refrigerated or frozen state.
  • the amplification products may be mixed with the electrophoresis reagent and stored in the form of an electrophoresis sample, or may be stored in a state before being mixed with the electrophoresis reagent.
  • ⁇ When analyzing amplification product m first> it may be determined whether or not to analyze the amplification product n according to a flowchart as shown in Figure 30.
  • the flowchart shown in Figure 30 is only an example, and judgment criteria and branching conditions not shown here may be included.
  • the judgment criteria may change depending on the number of peaks obtained, the number of loci, whether the data is mixed, etc.
  • the judgment criteria shown in Figure 30 may be omitted partially or entirely, or may be replaced with other criteria.
  • the electrophoresis results of m can be provided to the user to decide whether to analyze the product of n and then start.
  • the analysis may be interrupted midway based on the judgment results of the user or the flowchart in Figure 30.
  • Criteria set 1 Is there a peak that saturates the CE detection system? If so, do not perform or discontinue analysis of amplification product n.
  • Criteria set 2 Has a full profile been obtained? If so, do not perform or discontinue analysis of amplification product n.
  • Case Set 3 Is the IAP+ flag present? If so, begin or continue analysis of amplicon n.
  • Criteria set 4 Are all peaks at half or less than the OS intensity? Or are all peaks at or less than the intensity calculated by dividing the OS by the amplification rate expected by split PCR? Or are they at or below the intensity that would not cause saturation when additional PCR cycles n-m times are performed? Or have any peak intensities been reached? If so, do not perform or discontinue analysis of amplification product n.
  • Different sets of criteria may be used for each determination set depending on whether each locus is heterozygous, homozygous, mixed, or single.
  • IAP peak exceeds the threshold, you can perform n cycles of analysis. IAP peaks occur when an insufficient amount of DNA is input compared to the PCR cycles, so they can be reduced by increasing the number of cycles.
  • various thresholds and decision algorithms may be provided so that if it is determined from the CE analysis results of m that significant CE analysis results will not be obtained even if analysis of n is performed, a decision can be made to discontinue or not perform analysis of n.
  • ⁇ When analyzing amplification product n first> it may be determined whether or not to analyze the amplification product m according to a flowchart as shown in FIG. 31.
  • the flowchart shown in FIG. 31 is only an example, and judgment criteria and branching conditions not shown here may be included. For example, judgment criteria that change depending on the number of peaks obtained, the number of loci, whether the data is mixed, etc. may be conceivable.
  • the judgment criteria shown in FIG. 31 may be omitted in part or in whole, or replaced with other criteria.
  • the electrophoretic results of n can be provided to the user to decide whether to analyze the product of m and then start.
  • the analysis may be interrupted midway based on the judgment results of the user or the flowchart in Figure 30.
  • Criteria set 2 Is the IAP+ flag present? If not, do not perform or discontinue analysis of amplification product m.
  • various thresholds and decision algorithms may be provided so that if it is determined from the CE analysis results of n that significant CE analysis results will not be obtained even if analysis of m is performed, a decision can be made to discontinue or not perform analysis of m.
  • the analysis system 101 performs electrophoretic analysis on one of a portion of the PCR reaction solution m and at least a portion of the PCR reaction solution n in the CE unit 105, and controls the execution of the electrophoretic analysis of the other based on the results of the electrophoretic analysis of the one. For example, it may be determined whether or not to start the electrophoretic analysis of the other based on the results of the electrophoretic analysis of one, or, after the electrophoretic analysis of the other has started, it may be determined whether or not to continue the electrophoretic analysis of the one based on the results of the electrophoretic analysis of the other. In this way, unnecessary or inefficient electrophoretic analyses are omitted, making the overall processing more efficient.
  • n and m are preset
  • Two different cycle numbers, n and m may be preset in the analysis system 101. As described above, it is preferable that m and n are appropriately set according to the CE analysis range and the amplifiable amount of DNA.
  • n and m and analysis protocols may be set, as shown in Table 3.
  • a buccal swab mode can be selected and STR-CE analysis can be performed in 26 cycles without splitting (or splitting and analyzing only one side of the sample for CE analysis, and only analyzing the other amplification product if that fails).
  • DVI samples contain a relatively large amount of DNA, so analysis of m cycles can be started first, and analysis of amplification product n can be started or continued using the judgment flow shown in Figure 30.
  • analysis of n can be started first, and a decision can be made to proceed with or continue analysis of m using the decision flow shown in Figure 31.
  • the analyses of m and n may be performed simultaneously.
  • the above preset m and n and the measurement order may be changed by the user on each occasion.
  • the values of m and n shown in Table 3 are examples, and the preset m and n may be set during development through validation testing to maximize the probability of successful DNA identification.
  • the other amplification product is more likely to provide data of the required quality than if it were prepared using a single cycle.
  • the CE analysis result of the m cycle PCR product does not meet the required quality, it is possible to perform n-m PCR on the remaining PCR product to prepare the n cycle PCR product.
  • the PCR product is left unattended during the waiting time for CE analysis of electrophoresis sample m, the activity of the polymerase will decrease, and depending on the leaving temperature, a large amount of artifacts will increase, so the CE analysis result of the n cycle PCR product will not meet the required quality either.
  • n-cycle PCR products are prepared and only n-cycle PCR products are subjected to CE analysis, if the CE analysis results of the n-cycle PCR products do not meet the required quality and no m-cycle PCR products are prepared, the sample will be wasted.
  • the effective analytical range of CE can be expanded. In other words, the occurrence of CE oversaturation and the frequency with which peak intensities fall below the AT can be suppressed.
  • problems with peak intensity balance and peak splitting caused by too many amplified products cannot be solved by dilution after PCR, and must be addressed before or during PCR. In other words, split PCR is appropriate.
  • the number of cycles for division is set appropriately for the analytical sample, so the maximum expansion rate of the analytical range can be obtained with the minimum number of divisions. In other words, the measurement time is kept to a minimum when the analytical range is expanded.
  • the effective analytical range can be expanded.
  • the upper limit of the amount of DNA adsorbed to the purification membrane can be reduced by changing the capacity or volume of the purification membrane or the purification protocol.
  • reducing the volume to lower the upper limit of adsorption can result in poor passage of the solution and a decrease in the DNA yield (especially for short, degraded DNA). Therefore, there is a limit to how much DNA can be controlled at the purification stage.
  • by quantifying the amount of DNA before PCR it is possible to control the number of PCR cycles or change the dilution rate to expand the effective analytical range.
  • the quantification step requires an additional detection system and inevitably complicates the flow path device. Since there is a possibility of analysis failure due to quantification errors, split PCR is more preferable.
  • This embodiment may be combined with dilution after PCR and control of the amount of purified DNA. By combining them, DNA analysis can be performed more reliably or over a wide range of DNA amounts.
  • DNA analysis suitable for all DNA concentration ranges can be performed.
  • the expansion rate of the analysis range is only 2x, 4x, or 8x, which is not necessarily suitable for analyzing samples containing various amounts of DNA.
  • the final extension time may be excessive depending on the amount of DNA input to the PCR, and many A++ peaks may be obtained.
  • the interval between n and m is narrow, many A++ peaks will appear, so a value of 2 or more is preferable.
  • Figure 32 shows a typical example of the operation timing of the analysis system 101.
  • the first sample A is loaded in step 401, the sample is processed in the pre-processing cartridge in steps 402 to 404, and the electrophoretic sample m or n is analyzed by CE in step 405.
  • the operating procedure shown in Figure 32 is suitable when there is one CE section for one sample pretreatment section. This type of configuration makes the device small and easy to carry.
  • the data may be provided to the user when the first CE analysis is completed in step 405.
  • the user may decide to start or continue the analysis of the second electrophoretic sample.
  • the user may also decide to start or continue the second analysis using the determination method described above. This is because performing two measurements each time would double the CE measurement time, which would not increase throughput.
  • the pretreatment of sample A When the pretreatment of sample A is completed, the pretreatment of sample B (steps 401 to 404) may be started. In this case, the cartridge containing sample A is removed, so the electrophoretic sample for which CE analysis has not yet begun may be held in the waiting section 321, and the CE sample may be in the middle of electrophoresis.
  • Two CE units may be provided for one sample analysis unit. In this case, it is preferable that the number of CE units is twice as many as the number of sample processing units. Also, the same number or more CE units as multiple sample analysis units may be provided.
  • electrophoretic sample m and electrophoretic sample n may be subjected to CE measurement in step 405 as soon as they are prepared, or as shown in Figure 33(2), analysis may start simultaneously in step 405 after both are prepared. Also, when there are only as many CE sections as sample processing sections and no free space, electrophoretic sample m or electrophoretic sample n may be measured in that order.
  • the analysis system 101 is provided with one flow path device 104 and one CE unit 105 .
  • a forensic sample containing an unknown amount of DNA is placed into the dissolution chamber 301 (sample inlet) of the flow path device 104.
  • the processes of steps 401 to 403 are automatically performed within the flow path device 104.
  • step 502 After m cycles of PCR are performed in step 502, m cycles of amplified product are extracted in step 503. The sample is sent to the CE unit 105, and CE measurement is started in step 504. In parallel with step 320, n cycles of PCR are performed on the PCR reaction solution remaining in the PCR chamber 304 in step 505. When the CE measurement in step 504 is completed and the next CE measurement can be started, the n cycles of product are sent to the CE unit 105, and CE measurement is performed in step 507.
  • the analysis system 101 is equipped with one flow path device 104 and two CE units 105 .
  • a forensic sample containing an unknown amount of DNA is placed into the dissolution chamber 301 (sample inlet) of the flow path device 104.
  • the processes of steps 401 to 403 are automatically performed within the flow path device 104.
  • amplified product m is extracted from PCR chamber 304 in step 503.
  • the sample is sent to one side of CE section 105.
  • n cycles of PCR are performed on the PCR reaction solution remaining in the PCR chamber in step 505.
  • the product of n cycles is sent to CE section 105, and with electrophoretic samples m and n stored in the two capillaries, steps 504 and 507 are started simultaneously.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Apparatus Associated With Microorganisms And Enzymes (AREA)

Abstract

This DNA analysis system comprises: a flow channel device that has a PCR chamber that performs thermal cycles; and a capillary electrophoresis unit that electrophoretically analyzes a PCR reaction liquid. The DNA analysis system stores values of m and n set in advance, the PCR reaction liquid is subjected to m thermal cycles in the PCR chamber to produce a first reaction liquid, part of the first reaction liquid is taken out from the PCR chamber without changing the composition, the part of the first reaction liquid is electrophoretically analyzed in the capillary electrophoresis unit, the first reaction liquid remaining in the PCR chamber is subjected to n-m thermal cycles (provided that n-m is an integer of 2 or more) in the PCR chamber such that the total number of thermal cycles is n to produce a second reaction liquid, at least part of the second reaction liquid is taken out from the PCR chamber without changing the composition, and at least the part of the second reaction liquid is electrophoretically analyzed in the capillary electrophoresis unit.

Description

DNA分析システムDNA Analysis System

 本発明はDNA分析システムに関する。 The present invention relates to a DNA analysis system.

 フラグメント解析では、サンプルに含まれるDNAに対して、特定のDNAターゲット用に設計されたプライマを用いたPCRを行い、蛍光標識されたDNA増幅産物をキャピラリ電気泳動(CE)でサイズ別に分離する。遺伝子変異分析や定量、細胞株の認証、ゲノム編集効率の判定、増幅断片長多型(AFLP)、単純配列反復(SSR)、一塩基多型(SNP)のジェノタイピング、マクロサテライトマーカー分析に用いられる。マクロサテライトとは、特定のDNAモチーフが複数回繰り返されている反復性DNAのことを指し、他のDNA領域に比べて変異の頻度が高く、遺伝的多様性が高くなっているという特徴がある。マクロサテライトマーカー分析の代表例として、ショートタンデムリピート(STR)を用いた個体識別・人物鑑定がある。STRを用いたDNA鑑定は、法医学検査で広く用いられており、親子鑑定や犯罪現場のDNAと犯人を照合するといった用途に用いられる。 In fragment analysis, DNA contained in a sample is subjected to PCR using primers designed for specific DNA targets, and fluorescently labeled DNA amplified products are separated by size using capillary electrophoresis (CE). It is used for gene mutation analysis and quantification, cell line authentication, genome editing efficiency evaluation, genotyping for amplified fragment length polymorphisms (AFLPs), simple sequence repeats (SSRs), and single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), and macrosatellite marker analysis. Macrosatellites are repetitive DNA in which a specific DNA motif is repeated multiple times, and are characterized by a higher frequency of mutations and higher genetic diversity than other DNA regions. A representative example of macrosatellite marker analysis is individual identification and identity testing using short tandem repeats (STRs). DNA testing using STRs is widely used in forensic medicine examinations, and is used for applications such as parent-child testing and matching crime scene DNA with criminals.

 フラグメント解析では、分析対象の蛍光標識されたDNA断片以外に、蛍光標識された既知長さのDNA断片(サイズスタンダード)を複数種類混合してCE分析することがある。サイズスタンダードを用いることにより、各増幅産物の断片長の長さを特定することができる。また、混合されるサイズスタンダードの量を一定量に設定すると、CE分析によって得られた増幅産物のDNA断片の強度とサイズスタンダードの強度の比から、増幅産物の量を計算することができる。また、PCR反応液に既知量・既知長さのDNA(Internal positive control、IPC)とそれを増幅させるためのプライマを混合して増幅させ、併せてフラグメント解析することで、ターゲット増幅産物とIPCの強度の比率から、 ターゲットの増幅前のDNA量を推定することができる。 In fragment analysis, in addition to the fluorescently labeled DNA fragments to be analyzed, multiple types of fluorescently labeled DNA fragments of known lengths (size standards) may be mixed and subjected to CE analysis. The use of size standards allows the fragment length of each amplified product to be identified. Furthermore, by setting the amount of size standard mixed to a fixed amount, the amount of amplified product can be calculated from the ratio of the intensity of the DNA fragments of the amplified product obtained by CE analysis to the intensity of the size standard. Furthermore, by mixing a known amount and length of DNA (internal positive control, IPC) and the primers for amplifying it in the PCR reaction solution and amplifying it, and then performing fragment analysis at the same time, the amount of DNA of the target before amplification can be estimated from the ratio of the intensity of the target amplified product to the IPC.

 非特許文献1による、法医学研究所で行われるDNA鑑定では、(1) 定量PCRを用いたDNA定量によってサンプルに含まれるヒトDNAの濃度を定量、(2) ヒトDNAが適当な濃度になるようにサンプルを調製してSTR-PCR(STR配列を含むPCR)、(3) PCR反応液の一部とサイズスタンダードを含むホルムアミドを一定の比率で混合して熱変性、(4) 熱変性した泳動サンプルをCE測定して電気泳動図を得て、(5)電気泳動図からDNA鑑定を行う。 According to Non-Patent Document 1, DNA analysis at a forensic laboratory involves (1) quantifying the concentration of human DNA in a sample using quantitative PCR, (2) preparing the sample so that the human DNA is at an appropriate concentration and performing STR-PCR (PCR containing STR sequences), (3) mixing a portion of the PCR reaction solution with formamide containing a size standard in a fixed ratio and heat denaturing it, (4) subjecting the heat-denatured electrophoretic sample to CE measurement to obtain an electropherogram, and (5) performing DNA analysis from the electropherogram.

 特許文献1、特許文献2、特許文献3、特許文献4、特許文献8の前処理一体型CE分析装置によるDNA鑑定またはフラグメント解析では、(1)流路デバイス上で、DNAを含むサンプルをPCR、(2) 流路デバイス上で、反応液の一部とサイズスタンダードを含むホルムアミドを一定の比率で混合して熱変性、(3) 熱変性した泳動サンプルをCE分析して電気泳動図を得て、(4) 電気泳動図からDNA鑑定またはフラグメント解析を行う。特許文献1、特許文献2、特許文献3、特許文献4、特許文献8は非特許文献1と比較して、一連の工程が自動化され、短い時間(例えば90分)で結果を得ることができる。 In the DNA identification or fragment analysis using the pretreatment integrated CE analyzer of Patent Document 1, Patent Document 2, Patent Document 3, Patent Document 4, and Patent Document 8, (1) a sample containing DNA is subjected to PCR on a flow path device, (2) a part of the reaction solution is mixed with formamide containing a size standard in a certain ratio on the flow path device and heat denatured, (3) the heat denatured electrophoretic sample is subjected to CE analysis to obtain an electrophoretic pattern, and (4) DNA identification or fragment analysis is performed from the electrophoretic pattern. Compared to Non-Patent Document 1, Patent Documents 1, 2, 3, 4, and 8 automate the series of steps and can obtain results in a short time (e.g., 90 minutes).

 特許文献5によるDNA定量では、(1) DNAを含むサンプルのPCRにおいて、連続する複数のサーマルサイクル数n(n0を予め設定した整数として、n=n0、n0+1、n0+2、…)のそれぞれの段階の反応液の一部を分割、(2)分割した反応液をそれぞれCE分析、(3) CE分析による増幅産物のピーク強度とサーマルサイクル数nの関係、具体的には、ピーク強度が予め定めた閾値を超えるサーマルサイクル数nからDNA定量(サンプルに含まれるDNAの元の濃度を定量)を行う。つまり、特許文献5は、リアルタイムPCRにおける増幅産物の検出をCEで行う分析方法である。 In the DNA quantification according to Patent Document 5, (1) in PCR of a sample containing DNA, a portion of the reaction solution is divided at each stage of a series of n thermal cycles (n = n0, n0+1, n0+2, ... where n0 is a preset integer), (2) each divided reaction solution is subjected to CE analysis, and (3) DNA quantification (quantification of the original concentration of DNA contained in the sample) is performed based on the relationship between the peak intensity of the amplified product obtained by CE analysis and the number of thermal cycles n, specifically, the number of thermal cycles at which the peak intensity exceeds a preset threshold. In other words, Patent Document 5 is an analytical method in which CE is used to detect amplified products in real-time PCR.

 特許文献6によるDNA定量では、(1) 流路デバイス上で、DNAを含むサンプルのPCRにおいて、連続する複数のサーマルサイクル数n(n0とmを予め設定した整数として、mは1または2で、n=n0、n0+m、n0+2m、…)のそれぞれの段階の増幅産物の一部を電気泳動により分割、(2) 流路デバイス上で、それぞれの分割した増幅産物をCE分析、(3) それぞれのCE分析による増幅産物のピーク強度とサーマルサイクル数nの関係、具体的には、ピーク強度が予め定めた閾値を超えるサーマルサイクル数nからDNA定量(サンプルに含まれるDNAの元の濃度を定量)を行う。つまり、特許文献5は、リアルタイムPCRにおける増幅産物の検出をCEで行う分析方法である。 In the DNA quantification according to Patent Document 6, (1) in a PCR of a sample containing DNA, a portion of the amplified product at each stage of a series of n thermal cycles (n0 and m are preset integers, m is 1 or 2, and n = n0, n0 + m, n0 + 2m, ...) is divided by electrophoresis on a flow path device, (2) each divided amplified product is analyzed by CE on the flow path device, and (3) DNA quantification (quantification of the original concentration of DNA contained in the sample) is performed based on the relationship between the peak intensity of the amplified product from each CE analysis and the number of thermal cycles n, specifically, the number of thermal cycles at which the peak intensity exceeds a predetermined threshold. In other words, Patent Document 5 is an analytical method in which CE is used to detect amplified products in real-time PCR.

 特許文献7によるDNA定量では、(1) 流路デバイス上で、DNAを含むサンプルのPCRにおいて、複数のサーマルサイクル数nのそれぞれの段階の反応液の一部を分割、(2)流路デバイス上で、それぞれの分割した反応液をマイクロアレイ分析、(3) それぞれのマイクロアレイ分析による増幅産物のスポット強度とサーマルサイクル数nの関係、具体的には、スポット強度が予め定めた閾値を超えるサーマルサイクル数nからDNA定量(サンプルに含まれるDNAの元の濃度を定量)を行う。つまり、特許文献7は、リアルタイムPCRにおける増幅産物の分析をマイクロアレイで行う分析方法である。 In the DNA quantification according to Patent Document 7, (1) in PCR of a sample containing DNA, a portion of the reaction solution at each stage of multiple thermal cycle numbers n is divided on a flow path device, (2) each divided reaction solution is subjected to microarray analysis on the flow path device, and (3) DNA quantification (quantification of the original concentration of DNA contained in the sample) is performed based on the relationship between the spot intensity of the amplified product from each microarray analysis and the thermal cycle number n, specifically, the thermal cycle number n at which the spot intensity exceeds a predetermined threshold. In other words, Patent Document 7 is an analytical method in which the analysis of amplified products in real-time PCR is performed using a microarray.

米国特許出願公開第2022/0016632号明細書US Patent Application Publication No. 2022/0016632 米国特許第9354199号明細書U.S. Patent No. 9,354,199 米国特許出願公開第2019/0019290号明細書US Patent Application Publication No. 2019/0019290 特開2017-077180号公報JP 2017-077180 A 米国特許第7445893号明細書U.S. Pat. No. 7,445,893 特許第5494480号公報Patent No. 5494480 米国特許第8715924号明細書U.S. Patent No. 8,715,924 米国特許第10767225号明細書U.S. Pat. No. 1,076,725

John M. Butler、Fundamentals of Forensic DNA Typing (2009)、P.29~107およびP.279~336John M. Butler, Fundamentals of Forensic DNA Typing (2009), P.29-107 and P.279-336

 CE分析装置や、CE分析部を搭載した装置において、ピーク強度と濃度がほぼ比例関係になる最小ピーク強度と最大ピーク強度の比は100以下、または1000以下、または10000以下、または100000以下である。フラグメント解析をする場合、CE分析装置の強度ばらつきや、CEに注入されるアンプリコン量のばらつき、アレルごとの増幅効率・アレルごとの存在率のばらつき、色素間のばらつき、サンプル調整時のばらつきなどを加味すると、測定可能なDNA濃度の最小量と最大量の比は、10または30または100または300または1000または3000または10000である。その一方で、分析システムに持ち込まれるサンプルに含まれるDNAの最小量と最大量の比は30または300または3000または30000である。サンプルに含まれるDNA量が、分析システムの測定可能なサンプルDNA量の範囲を超過することで、フラグメント解析が失敗することがある。この場合、分析に費やしたサンプルや分析時間が無駄になってしまう。 In CE analyzers or devices equipped with a CE analysis unit, the ratio of the minimum and maximum peak intensities at which peak intensity and concentration are almost proportional is 100 or less, or 1000 or less, or 10000 or less, or 100000 or less. When performing fragment analysis, taking into account the variation in intensity of the CE analyzer, the variation in the amount of amplicon injected into the CE, the variation in the amplification efficiency and the presence rate of each allele, the variation between dyes, and the variation during sample preparation, the ratio of the minimum and maximum amount of measurable DNA concentration is 10 or 30 or 100 or 300 or 1000 or 3000 or 10000. On the other hand, the ratio of the minimum and maximum amount of DNA contained in the sample brought into the analysis system is 30 or 300 or 3000 or 30000. If the amount of DNA contained in the sample exceeds the range of the sample DNA amount that can be measured by the analysis system, fragment analysis may fail. In this case, the sample and analysis time spent on the analysis will be wasted.

 本発明の目的の一つは、簡単な構成で、低コストな装置により、濃度比が100倍、または1000倍以上の範囲で変化するDNAを含むサンプル(サンプル濃度範囲が100または1000=2.0または3.0桁以上)をPCRおよびCE分析によって、高精度、高ロバストに、DNA鑑定/フラグメント解析、または、DNA定量(サンプルに含まれる個人のDNAの元の濃度を定量)を行うことである。加えて、特許文献2と同様に、一連の処理が自動化され、短い時間(たとえば180分以内、120分以内、90分以内)で結果を得ることができるようにする。 One of the objectives of the present invention is to perform highly accurate and robust DNA identification/fragment analysis or DNA quantification (quantification of the original concentration of an individual's DNA contained in a sample) using PCR and CE analysis of samples containing DNA whose concentration ratios vary over a range of 100-fold or 1000-fold or more (sample concentration range is 100 or 1000 = 2.0 or 3.0 orders of magnitude or more) with a simple configuration and low-cost device. In addition, as in Patent Document 2, the series of processes is automated, making it possible to obtain results in a short time (for example, within 180 minutes, within 120 minutes, or within 90 minutes).

 非特許文献1の場合、PCRにもちこまれるDNA量が分析範囲を超えないように、定量PCRで定量して、適切な濃度にDNAを希釈してPCR反応を行う。流路デバイスで本方式を実施する場合、定量PCRを行うための光学系が必要である。また、定量PCR結果に応じて希釈濃度を決めるには複雑な流路構造が必要である。 In the case of Non-Patent Document 1, the amount of DNA carried over to the PCR is quantified using quantitative PCR so that the amount does not exceed the analytical range, and the DNA is then diluted to an appropriate concentration before the PCR reaction is carried out. When implementing this method in a flow path device, an optical system for performing quantitative PCR is required. Also, a complex flow path structure is required to determine the dilution concentration according to the quantitative PCR results.

 特許文献1において、PCR前に溶液を分割して、STR-PCRと定量PCRを実施する。定量PCRで定量して、STR-PCRのサイクル数を決定する。PCR開始前に溶液を分割するため、感度が低下する。また、2つの異なるPCRを実施するための流路デバイスは複雑で、追加の光学系も必要なため高コスト化は回避できない。 In Patent Document 1, the solution is divided before PCR, and STR-PCR and quantitative PCR are performed. Quantitation is performed using quantitative PCR, and the number of cycles for STR-PCR is determined. Because the solution is divided before the start of PCR, sensitivity is reduced. In addition, the flow path device for performing two different PCRs is complex, and additional optical systems are required, making high costs unavoidable.

 特許文献2において、PCR前に溶液を分割して、異なる2つの濃度のDNA溶液を調整し、両方をPCRしてDNA鑑定する。2つのDNA溶液のうち、どちらか一方が分析システムの分析濃度範囲に入るため、分析範囲を拡大できる。PCR前に溶液を分割するため、感度が低下する。また、溶液を分割し、濃度調整するための流路機構を流路デバイスに搭載するため流路デバイスの複雑化は回避できない。 In Patent Document 2, the solution is divided before PCR, two DNA solutions with different concentrations are prepared, and both are subjected to PCR for DNA identification. Since one of the two DNA solutions falls within the analytical concentration range of the analysis system, the analytical range can be expanded. Since the solution is divided before PCR, sensitivity is reduced. In addition, since a flow path mechanism for dividing the solution and adjusting the concentration is installed in the flow path device, it is unavoidable to make the flow path device more complicated.

 特許文献3において、データ分析方法を改良することでDNA鑑定の分析範囲を拡大する。CE分析時に検出限界を下回ってしまったピークの情報は得られない。また、CE分析時に検出強度が飽和すると正しいピーク強度比が得られない。DNA鑑定の解釈を拡大しすぎると、解析によって得られたデータが本来の個人DNA混合比を反映しない恐れがある。誤ったプロファイリングが行われる危険性がある。 In Patent Document 3, the analytical range of DNA testing is expanded by improving the data analysis method. Information on peaks that fall below the detection limit during CE analysis cannot be obtained. Furthermore, if the detection intensity becomes saturated during CE analysis, the correct peak intensity ratio cannot be obtained. If the interpretation of DNA testing is expanded too much, there is a risk that the data obtained by analysis will not reflect the true individual DNA mixture ratio. There is a risk of incorrect profiling.

 特許文献4において、PCR後に反応液の一部を取り出し、光学系で増幅産物の有無や量を検出し、適切な増幅が行えていればフラグメント解析を実施する。増幅が不完全であると判断した場合は、PCR部に残された反応液に対して追加のPCR反応を行う。本方式の場合、追加の光学系や光学検出に適した流路デバイスの設計が必要で、高コスト化は避けられない。また、光学系による検出の際に、STR-PCRの蛍光色素が退色する恐れや、STR-PCRの蛍光色素と光学系による検出波長域の重複により、正しく光学検出ができない恐れがある。 In Patent Document 4, a portion of the reaction solution is taken after PCR, and the presence and amount of amplified products are detected using an optical system, and if appropriate amplification has been achieved, fragment analysis is performed. If it is determined that amplification is incomplete, an additional PCR reaction is performed on the reaction solution remaining in the PCR section. This method requires the design of additional optical systems and flow path devices suitable for optical detection, which inevitably increases costs. In addition, there is a risk that the fluorescent dye of STR-PCR may fade during detection using an optical system, or that optical detection may not be performed correctly due to overlapping detection wavelength ranges between the fluorescent dye of STR-PCR and the optical system.

 特許文献5と特許文献6において、多数のサーマルサイクル数n(連続する複数のサーマルサイクル数n)のそれぞれについてCE分析する必要があるため、結果を得るのに長い時間を要する。高精度な定量には、3回以上のCE分析が必要である。PCRをSTR-PCRに置き換え、DNA定量を行うことはできるが、多数回溶液を取り出すため、特殊な流路構造が要求される。また、反応液とサイズスタンダードを含むホルムアミドを一定の比率で混合する工程がないため、DNA鑑定を行うことはできない。また、サイズスタンダードを含むホルムアミド(泳動試薬)との混合行程を該当方式に組み込むことでDNA鑑定を行う場合、各サイクルのPCR産物と泳動試薬を混合するための分注機構または流路構造が新たに必要となるため、装置が複雑化し、高コスト化につながる。また、特に高精度・高分解能であるCE分析を要求するDNA鑑定については各サイクルのPCR産物をCE分析するのは膨大な分析時間が必要となる。また、特許文献6の場合は、DNAを電圧印加によりPCRチャンバから取り出すため、PCRチャンバ内の増幅産物の組成と取り出された増幅産物の組成が異なっていることが想定される。DNA鑑定の場合、異なる長さのアンプリコンを測定するが、電圧を印加してPCRチャンバから増幅産物を取り出すと、長さに依存したバイアスが生じる懸念がある。 In Patent Document 5 and Patent Document 6, it takes a long time to obtain results because CE analysis is required for each of the many thermal cycle numbers n (multiple consecutive thermal cycle numbers n). For highly accurate quantification, three or more CE analyses are required. It is possible to replace PCR with STR-PCR and perform DNA quantification, but a special flow path structure is required to extract the solution multiple times. In addition, since there is no process for mixing the reaction solution with formamide containing a size standard at a constant ratio, DNA identification cannot be performed. In addition, when DNA identification is performed by incorporating a mixing process with formamide (electrophoresis reagent) containing a size standard into the corresponding method, a new dispensing mechanism or flow path structure is required to mix the PCR product of each cycle with the electrophoresis reagent, which makes the device more complex and leads to high costs. In addition, for DNA identification that requires CE analysis with high accuracy and high resolution, CE analysis of the PCR product of each cycle requires a huge analysis time. In addition, in the case of Patent Document 6, since DNA is extracted from the PCR chamber by applying voltage, it is assumed that the composition of the amplified product in the PCR chamber is different from the composition of the amplified product extracted. In DNA testing, amplicons of different lengths are measured, but there is concern that length-dependent bias may occur when voltage is applied and the amplified products are removed from the PCR chamber.

 特許文献7において、PCRをSTR-PCRに置き換え、DNA定量を行うことはできるが、多数のサーマルサイクル数n(連続する複数のサーマルサイクル数n)のそれぞれについてマイクロアレイ分析する必要があるため、結果を得るのに長い時間を要する。また、CE分析を行わないため、DNA鑑定を行うことはできない。 In Patent Document 7, PCR can be replaced with STR-PCR to perform DNA quantification, but it takes a long time to obtain results because microarray analysis must be performed for each of a large number of thermal cycles n (multiple consecutive thermal cycles n). In addition, DNA identification cannot be performed because CE analysis is not performed.

 一方、特許文献7では、少数のサーマルサイクル数n(連続しない複数のサーマルサイクル数n)についてマイクロアレイ分析しても良いことに言及されているが、これは現実的ではない。マイクロアレイ分析では、一般に、各スポットに固相化するプローブの密度や数がばらついたり、ハイブリ効率が時間的および空間的にばらついたりする等によって、同じDNA濃度に対するスポット強度が変動し、スポット強度の強弱から対応するDNAの有無を判定することはできるが、スポット強度から対応するDNAを定量する精度が低いためである。つまり、スポット強度が予め定めた閾値を超えるサーマルサイクル数nを高精度に求めるためには、多数のサーマルサイクル数n(連続する複数のサーマルサイクル数n)のそれぞれについてマイクロアレイ分析する必要がある。マイクロアレイ分析によるDNA定量の精度を向上させる手段として、同一のスポットに対して、ターゲットDNAまたはターゲット増幅産物とリファレンスDNAを競合ハイブリさせる方法が知られている。しかしながら、この方法を実施するためには、ターゲットDNAまたはターゲット増幅産物毎に、スポット上のプローブにターゲットDNAまたはターゲット増幅産物と同等の効率でハイブリするリファレンスDNAを準備し、さらに、ターゲットDNAまたはターゲット増幅産物とリファレンスDNAを異なる蛍光体で標識し、それぞれの発光蛍光を独立に計測する必要が生じる。少数の異なるサイクル数のPCR産物を準備し、マイクロアレイ分析をしてダイナミックレンジを拡大した分析を実現する場合は、コストと労力を要する問題がある。 On the other hand, Patent Document 7 mentions that microarray analysis may be performed for a small number of thermal cycles n (multiple non-consecutive thermal cycles n), but this is not realistic. In microarray analysis, the spot intensity for the same DNA concentration generally varies due to variations in the density and number of probes immobilized on each spot, and hybridization efficiency varies over time and space, and although the presence or absence of corresponding DNA can be determined from the strength of the spot intensity, the accuracy of quantifying the corresponding DNA from the spot intensity is low. In other words, in order to accurately determine the number of thermal cycles n at which the spot intensity exceeds a predetermined threshold, it is necessary to perform microarray analysis for each of a large number of thermal cycles n (multiple consecutive thermal cycles n). As a means for improving the accuracy of DNA quantification by microarray analysis, a method of competitively hybridizing target DNA or target amplification product with reference DNA on the same spot is known. However, to carry out this method, it is necessary to prepare a reference DNA that hybridizes to the probe on the spot with the same efficiency as the target DNA or target amplification product for each target DNA or target amplification product, and further to label the target DNA or target amplification product and the reference DNA with different fluorophores and measure the fluorescence emitted from each independently. If a small number of PCR products with different cycle numbers are prepared and microarray analysis is performed to expand the dynamic range, there is a problem of high cost and labor.

 特許文献7のその他の課題は、(1) 流路デバイス上で、DNAを含むサンプルのPCRにおいて、複数のサーマルサイクル数nのそれぞれの段階の反応液の一部を分割する際に分割された反応液と同量の新鮮なPCR溶液を、分割されずに残されたそれぞれの反応液に混合するため、反応液に含まれるDNAの濃度が変化してしまい、DNA定量の精度を低下させることである。 Other issues with Patent Document 7 are: (1) In PCR of a sample containing DNA on a flow path device, when a part of the reaction solution at each stage of multiple thermal cycle numbers n is divided, fresh PCR solution of the same amount as the divided reaction solution is mixed with each of the reaction solutions that remain undivided, which changes the concentration of DNA contained in the reaction solution and reduces the accuracy of DNA quantification.

 特許文献7のさらにその他の課題は、DNAと固相化されたプローブのハイブリと脱ハイブリ(洗浄)を繰り返す必要があり、その度に固相化されたプローブが剥がれたり、ハイブリしたDNAが洗浄されずにキャリーオーバーしたりするため、マイクロアレイ分析の繰り返し再現性が低く、DNA定量の精度が低いことである。 Another problem with Patent Document 7 is that it is necessary to repeatedly hybridize and dehybridize (wash) the DNA with the immobilized probe, and each time this is done the immobilized probe may come off or the hybridized DNA may be carried over without being washed away, resulting in low repeatability of the microarray analysis and low accuracy of DNA quantification.

 以上、DNA鑑定/フラグメント解析またはDNA定量の課題をまとめると、シンプルな流路デバイスで実現できて、低コスト、高ロバスト、シンプル、感度維持、測定時間が短い、分析DNA量範囲を広げることができるDNA分析法が必要とされている。 To summarize the issues surrounding DNA identification/fragment analysis or DNA quantification, there is a need for a DNA analysis method that can be implemented using a simple flow path device, is low cost, highly robust, simple, maintains sensitivity, has a short measurement time, and can expand the range of DNA amounts analyzed.

 本発明に係るDNA分析システムの一例は、
 サーマルサイクルを実施するPCRチャンバを有する流路デバイスと、
 PCR反応液を電気泳動分析するキャピラリ電気泳動部と、
を有するDNA分析システムにおいて、
 前記DNA分析システムは、
 事前に設定されるmおよびnの値を記憶し、
 前記PCRチャンバにおいて、PCR反応液に対しm回のサーマルサイクルを実施して第1反応液を生成し、
 前記第1反応液の一部を、組成を変えずに前記PCRチャンバから取り出し、
 前記第1反応液の前記一部を、前記キャピラリ電気泳動部において電気泳動分析し、
 前記PCRチャンバにおいて、前記PCRチャンバに残された前記第1反応液に対し、サーマルサイクルの合計回数がn回となるように、n-m回(ただしn-mは2以上の整数)のサーマルサイクルを実施して第2反応液を生成し、
 前記第2反応液の少なくとも一部を、組成を変えずに前記PCRチャンバから取り出し、
 前記第2反応液の前記少なくとも一部を、前記キャピラリ電気泳動部において電気泳動分析する。
An example of a DNA analysis system according to the present invention includes:
A flow path device having a PCR chamber for performing thermal cycling;
a capillary electrophoresis unit for electrophoretic analysis of the PCR reaction solution;
In a DNA analysis system having
The DNA analysis system comprises:
storing the preset values of m and n;
In the PCR chamber, a PCR reaction solution is subjected to a thermal cycle m times to generate a first reaction solution;
removing a portion of the first reaction solution from the PCR chamber without changing its composition;
subjecting the portion of the first reaction solution to electrophoretic analysis in the capillary electrophoresis portion;
In the PCR chamber, the first reaction solution remaining in the PCR chamber is subjected to n-m thermal cycles (where n-m is an integer of 2 or more) so that the total number of thermal cycles is n, thereby generating a second reaction solution;
removing at least a portion of the second reaction solution from the PCR chamber without changing its composition;
At least the portion of the second reaction solution is subjected to electrophoretic analysis in the capillary electrophoresis portion.

 本発明に係るDNA分析システムの一例は、
 サーマルサイクルを実施するPCRチャンバを有する流路デバイスと、
 PCR反応液を電気泳動分析するキャピラリ電気泳動部と、
を有するDNA分析システムにおいて、
 前記DNA分析システムは、
 事前に設定されるmおよびnの値を記憶し、
 前記PCRチャンバにおいて、PCR反応液に対しm回のサーマルサイクルを実施して第1反応液を生成し、
 前記第1反応液の一部を、組成を変えずに前記PCRチャンバから取り出し、
 前記PCRチャンバにおいて、前記PCRチャンバに残された前記第1反応液に対し、サーマルサイクルの合計回数がn回となるように、n-m回(ただしn-mは2以上の整数)のサーマルサイクルを実施して第2反応液を生成し、
 前記第2反応液の少なくとも一部を、組成を変えずに前記PCRチャンバから取り出し、
 前記第1反応液の前記一部および前記第2反応液の前記少なくとも一部のうち一方を、前記キャピラリ電気泳動部において電気泳動分析し、
 前記一方の電気泳動分析の結果に基づいて、前記第1反応液の前記一部または前記第2反応液の前記少なくとも一部のうち他方について電気泳動分析の実行を制御する。
An example of a DNA analysis system according to the present invention includes:
A flow path device having a PCR chamber for performing thermal cycling;
a capillary electrophoresis unit for electrophoretic analysis of the PCR reaction solution;
In a DNA analysis system having
The DNA analysis system comprises:
storing the preset values of m and n;
In the PCR chamber, a PCR reaction solution is subjected to a thermal cycle m times to generate a first reaction solution;
removing a portion of the first reaction solution from the PCR chamber without changing its composition;
In the PCR chamber, the first reaction solution remaining in the PCR chamber is subjected to n-m thermal cycles (where n-m is an integer of 2 or more) so that the total number of thermal cycles is n, thereby generating a second reaction solution;
removing at least a portion of the second reaction solution from the PCR chamber without changing its composition;
performing electrophoretic analysis on one of the portion of the first reaction solution and the at least a portion of the second reaction solution in the capillary electrophoresis portion;
Based on the result of the electrophoretic analysis of one of the two, execution of electrophoretic analysis of the other of the portion of the first reaction solution or the at least a portion of the second reaction solution is controlled.

 本願において開示される発明の一例によって得られる効果を簡単に説明すれば以下のとおりである。すなわち、本発明の一例によれば、流路デバイスと電気泳動部を備えた分析システムにて、高精度、高感度、短時間で、低コストに小型な装置で、分析DNA量範囲を拡大することができる。 The effects obtained by the example of the invention disclosed in this application can be briefly explained as follows. That is, according to this example of the invention, an analysis system equipped with a flow path device and an electrophoresis unit can expand the range of DNA amounts analyzed with high accuracy, high sensitivity, short time, low cost, and small equipment.

 上記以外の課題、構成及び効果は、以下の実施形態の説明により明らかにされる。  Other issues, configurations, and advantages will become clear from the description of the embodiments below.

分析システムの模式図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an analysis system. データの判定方法例である。13 is an example of a method for determining data. 分析システムの模式図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an analysis system. 分析システムの実施例である。1 is an example of an analysis system. 分析システムの模式図と実施例である。1 is a schematic diagram and an embodiment of an analysis system. 分析システムの模式図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an analysis system. 分析システムの模式図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an analysis system. 流路デバイスの模式図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device. 流路デバイスの模式図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device. 流路デバイスの模式図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device. 流路デバイスの模式図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device. 流路デバイスの模式図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device. 流路デバイスの動作例である。4 is an example of the operation of the flow channel device. 分析システムの実施例である。1 is an example of an analysis system. 流路デバイスの模式図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device. 流路デバイスの動作例である。4 is an example of the operation of the flow channel device. 流路デバイスの模式図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device. 流路デバイスの模式図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device. 流路デバイスの模式図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a flow path device. 流路デバイスの動作例である。4 is an example of the operation of the flow channel device. 流路デバイスの動作例である。4 is an example of the operation of the flow channel device. 流路デバイスの動作例である。4 is an example of the operation of the flow channel device. 泳動試薬とピーク強度の関係を示した結果である。The results show the relationship between electrophoretic reagent and peak intensity. 本発明の効果を示す図である。FIG. 1 is a diagram showing the effect of the present invention. 分析範囲を示す図である。FIG. 1 shows the scope of analysis. サイクル数の設定基準に用いる表の例である。1 is an example of a table used for setting the number of cycles. 得られた電気泳動図の模式図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the obtained electropherogram. サイクル数の設定基準に用いる表の例である。1 is an example of a table used for setting the number of cycles. 分析システムの実施例である。1 is an example of an analysis system. データの判定方法例である。13 is an example of a method for determining data. データの判定方法例である。13 is an example of a method for determining data. 分析システムの実施例である。1 is an example of an analysis system. 分析システムの実施例である。1 is an example of an analysis system.

 本明細書では、主にヒトDNA鑑定を実施するための手順や基準について述べるが、分析対象はヒトDNA鑑定に限定されるものではない。  This specification mainly describes procedures and standards for conducting human DNA testing, but the subject of analysis is not limited to human DNA testing.

 以下では、特に指定が無い場合、mとnはPCRのサーマルサイクル数を指す。mとnは整数で、n-m≧2であってもよい。なお、以下では、サーマルサイクルをPCRサイクルまたは単にサイクルと呼ぶ場合がある。 In the following, unless otherwise specified, m and n refer to the number of thermal cycles in PCR. m and n are integers, and may be n-m≧2. In the following, a thermal cycle may be referred to as a PCR cycle or simply as a cycle.

 以下では、PCR反応試薬とサンプル由来のDNAを混合した液をPCR反応液と呼ぶ。また、サンプル由来のDNAのうち、PCR反応試薬によって増幅されるDNAのことをターゲットDNAと呼ぶ。 In the following, the mixture of PCR reaction reagents and sample-derived DNA will be referred to as the PCR reaction solution. In addition, the DNA from the sample that is amplified by the PCR reaction reagents will be referred to as the target DNA.

 以下では、サーマルサイクルをm回したときに得られるPCR反応液を「PCR反応液m」、サーマルサイクルをn回したときに得られるPCR反応液を「PCR反応液n」と呼ぶ。 In the following, the PCR reaction solution obtained after m thermal cycles will be called "PCR reaction solution m," and the PCR reaction solution obtained after n thermal cycles will be called "PCR reaction solution n."

 以下では、泳動試薬には脱イオン化されたホルムアミドやサイズスタンダード、純水が含まれていてもいい。ホルムアミドや純水は、泳動サンプルのイオン強度を下げるか、DNAを変性させるために含まれていてもいい。泳動試薬には、ホルムアミドや純水だけでなく、低導電率の溶液が用いられてもいい。低導電率の溶液は、10 mS/cm以下の導電率であることが好ましく、より好適には1 mS/cm以下、より好適には100 μS/cm以下、より好適には10 μS/cm以下である。泳動試薬に用いられる溶液の導電率が低いほど、よりCEに注入されるDNA量が増える傾向がある。サイズスタンダードは、検出されたピークとDNA長さを対応づけるために混合されていてもよく、検出されたピークから泳動サンプルに含まれていたDNA量を推定するために混合されていてもいい。 In the following, the electrophoretic reagent may include deionized formamide, size standards, and pure water. Formamide and pure water may be included to lower the ionic strength of the electrophoretic sample or to denature DNA. The electrophoretic reagent may be a low-conductivity solution as well as formamide and pure water. A low-conductivity solution preferably has a conductivity of 10 mS/cm or less, more preferably 1 mS/cm or less, more preferably 100 μS/cm or less, and more preferably 10 μS/cm or less. The lower the conductivity of the solution used in the electrophoretic reagent, the greater the amount of DNA injected into the CE. A size standard may be mixed in to correspond to the detected peak and DNA length, or to estimate the amount of DNA contained in the electrophoretic sample from the detected peak.

 このように、分析システムの一例は、PCR反応液(たとえば、PCR反応液mの一部およびPCR反応液nの少なくとも一部の少なくとも一方)を、電気泳動分析の前に、純水またはホルムアミドまたは10 mS/cm以下の導電率の溶液と混合して混合液を生成する。導電率の低い溶液と混合することで、CEのピーク強度を高くすることが可能である。また、ホルムアミドと混合することで、DNAを変性させることが可能である。 Thus, one example of an analytical system mixes a PCR reaction solution (e.g., at least one of a portion of PCR reaction solution m and at least a portion of PCR reaction solution n) with pure water, formamide, or a solution with a conductivity of 10 mS/cm or less to generate a mixture prior to electrophoretic analysis. By mixing with a solution with low conductivity, it is possible to increase the CE peak intensity. Also, by mixing with formamide, it is possible to denature DNA.

 以下では、PCR反応によって得られたDNAを「増幅産物」と呼び、mサイクルで得られた増幅産物を「増幅産物m」、nサイクルで得られた増幅産物を「増幅産物n」と呼ぶ。 In the following, the DNA obtained by the PCR reaction will be called the "amplification product", the amplification product obtained after m cycles will be called "amplification product m", and the amplification product obtained after n cycles will be called "amplification product n".

 以下では、PCR反応液を泳動試薬と混合したもの(混合液)を「泳動サンプル」と呼ぶ。泳動サンプルを調整する際は、図5(2)に示すように90℃以上に加熱すると、DNAが変性して1本鎖になりやすくなるため、より高精度なCE分析を実施することができるため、加熱ステップを入れることが好適である。「泳動サンプル」が指すサンプルは、加熱による変性を行う前でも、行った後のものでもいい。増幅産物mから作製した泳動サンプルを「泳動サンプルm」、増幅産物nから作製した泳動サンプルを「泳動サンプルn」と呼ぶことにする。 In the following, the mixture of the PCR reaction solution and the electrophoresis reagent (mixture) is called the "electrophoresis sample". When preparing the electrophoresis sample, it is preferable to add a heating step by heating to 90°C or higher as shown in Figure 5 (2), which makes it easier for the DNA to denature and become single stranded, allowing for more accurate CE analysis. The "electrophoresis sample" refers to a sample either before or after denaturation by heating. The electrophoresis sample prepared from amplification product m will be called "electrophoresis sample m", and the electrophoresis sample prepared from amplification product n will be called "electrophoresis sample n".

 以下では、PCRをmサイクル実施し、PCR反応液mの一部を取り出して、残ったPCR反応液mに対してn-m回PCRサイクルを実施し、最終的にPCR反応液mとnの両方を準備するPCR反応手順のことを「分割PCR」と呼ぶ。 In the following, the PCR reaction procedure in which m cycles of PCR are performed, a portion of PCR reaction solution m is taken out, and the remaining PCR reaction solution m is subjected to n-m PCR cycles, and finally both PCR reaction solutions m and n are prepared, is referred to as "split PCR."

 以下では、遺伝子座とは染色体上の遺伝子の位置を指す。典型的なSTR-PCR向けキットには、各遺伝子座を特有に増やすことができるプライマが含まれている。 In the following, locus refers to the location of a gene on a chromosome. A typical kit for STR-PCR contains primers that can amplify each locus specifically.

 以下では、アレルとは同一遺伝子座上で区別できる遺伝子変異体のことを指す。DNA鑑定をする際、DNAが1人に由来する場合は、同一遺伝子座上に2つのアレルが存在する場合(ヘテロ接合体)と、1つのアレルが存在する場合(ホモ接合体)の両方があり得る。 In the following, an allele refers to a genetic variant that can be distinguished at the same locus. When conducting DNA testing, if the DNA comes from one individual, there can be two alleles at the same locus (heterozygote) or one allele (homozygote).

 以下では、アンプリコンとは単一の長さを有する増幅産物のことを指す。1つのアレルから異なる長さのアンプリコンが生成されることもある。例えば、複数のアンプリコンはPCRの反応で生じた副産物(アーティファクト)によって生じる。DNA鑑定の場合、1つのアレルに対して1つのアンプリコンのピークが個人のDNAに帰属されることが多いが、ミックスサンプルの場合はアーティファクトとアレル由来のアンプリコンの区別が難しいため、アーティファクトの可能性があるアンプリコンのピークも分析の対象となり得る。 In the following, amplicon refers to an amplification product with a single length. Amplicons of different lengths may be generated from one allele. For example, multiple amplicons may be generated as by-products (artifacts) produced during the PCR reaction. In DNA testing, one amplicon peak for one allele is often assigned to an individual's DNA, but in the case of mixed samples, it is difficult to distinguish between artifacts and amplicons derived from alleles, so amplicon peaks that may be artifacts may also be subject to analysis.

 以下では、CE分析とは、泳動サンプルを準備し、CE測定し、電気泳動図を取得し、DNA鑑定またはフラグメント解析を行う一連の流れをさす。ただし、「CE分析」が指す範囲に前記行程の一部が含まれていなくてもいい。 In the following, CE analysis refers to the series of steps that involves preparing an electrophoretic sample, performing CE measurement, obtaining an electrophoretic pattern, and performing DNA identification or fragment analysis. However, the scope of "CE analysis" does not necessarily include some of the above steps.

 以下では、電気泳動図とは、CE測定によって得られた図であって、横軸を時間、または測定点、またはDNA鎖長とし、縦軸を強度とした図のことを指す。縦軸は波長で、強度情報を含む3次元のデータであってもいい。また、縦軸は強度で、色素情報を含む3次元のデータであってもいい。泳動サンプルmから得られた電気泳動図を「電気泳動図m」、泳動サンプルnから得られた電気泳動図を「電気泳動図n」と呼ぶことにする。 In the following, an electropherogram refers to a diagram obtained by CE measurement, with the horizontal axis representing time, or measurement point, or DNA chain length, and the vertical axis representing intensity. The vertical axis may represent wavelength, and the data may be three-dimensional data including intensity information. The vertical axis may also represent intensity, and the data may be three-dimensional data including dye information. An electropherogram obtained from electrophoretic sample m will be called "electropherogram m", and an electropherogram obtained from electrophoretic sample n will be called "electropherogram n".

 以下では、DNAプロファイルとは、電気泳動図を解析することによって得られるDNA型または、ピーク強度とピーク長さを含む2次元配列または、DNA型に帰属されたDNAの繰り返し数とピーク強度を含むデータセットのことを指す。 In the following, a DNA profile refers to a DNA type obtained by analyzing an electropherogram, or a two-dimensional sequence including peak intensity and peak length, or a data set including the number of DNA repeats and peak intensity assigned to a DNA type.

 以下ではSTR-CEとは、STR-PCRのPCR反応液を調整し、PCR反応を行い、CE測定し、得られた電気泳動図を解析する一連の流れを指す。STR-CEから得られるデータは電気泳動図でもよく、DNAプロファイルでもよい。STR-CEが終了した段階で、データの一部または全体がユーザに提供されてもよく、提供されなくてもよい。 In the following, STR-CE refers to the series of steps from preparing the PCR reaction solution for STR-PCR, performing the PCR reaction, measuring the CE, and analyzing the resulting electropherogram. The data obtained from STR-CE may be an electropherogram or a DNA profile. Once STR-CE is complete, some or all of the data may or may not be provided to the user.

 以下では、分析範囲とは、たとえば、分析システムまたは分析システムに内包される実施手順の一部または複数の手順について、与えられたサンプルまたは生体分子に対して、正しく分析が実施できる、与えられたサンプル量または生体分子量の範囲のことを指す。ここで、「正しく分析できる」とは、要求条件をすべて満たしている状態を指してもよいが、要求条件をすべて満たす必要はなく、該当システムで実現可能な最も良い状態のデータを提供することができる状態を指してもいい。例えば、与えられたサンプル量が極端に少ない場合、得られるデータがすべての要求条件を満たすことはできないが、最も要求条件を満たすのに近いデータを得られればいい。 In the following, analytical range refers to, for example, the range of a given sample amount or biomolecular weight within which an analysis can be performed correctly for a given sample or biomolecule, for an analytical system or for a part or multiple steps of an implementation procedure contained in an analytical system. Here, "capable of analyzing correctly" may refer to a state in which all required conditions are met, but it is not necessary to meet all required conditions, and it may also refer to a state in which the best data possible for the system in question can be provided. For example, if the amount of sample given is extremely small, the data obtained will not be able to meet all required conditions, but it will be sufficient to obtain data that comes closest to meeting the required conditions.

 PCR反応液は、2以上のプライマセットを含んでもよく、PCR反応液は、2以上の増幅遺伝子領域を含んでもよい。複数の増幅遺伝子領域を分析することで、個人/個体識別能力が高まる。特に、人物鑑定の場合は、誤って同一人物であると判定されるリスクを低減することができる。複数の遺伝子領域を個別のPCR反応ではなく、まとめて一度にPCR反応させることで、PCRチャンバの数を最小限にすることができる。反応試薬の節約になる。PCRチャンバを分けることで感度が低下するリスクを回避できる。 The PCR reaction solution may contain two or more primer sets, and the PCR reaction solution may contain two or more amplified gene regions. Analyzing multiple amplified gene regions increases the ability to identify individuals. In particular, in the case of personal identification, it reduces the risk of mistakenly identifying the same person. By PCR reacting multiple gene regions together at once, rather than individually, it is possible to minimize the number of PCR chambers. This saves on reaction reagents. It is possible to avoid the risk of reduced sensitivity caused by separating the PCR chambers.

実施形態1. Embodiment 1.

[分析システム]
 本実施形態において分析システム101(DNA分析システム)はプログラム命令を格納するメモリと、プログラム命令を実行するプロセッサを含む制御部と、検出部から生データ・光学データ・エレクトロフェログラムデータを受け取り分析する機能と、ポンプやバルブなどの溶液搬送制御機構と、PCR反応液を電気泳動分析するCE部(キャピラリ電気泳動部)と、流路デバイスと、ヒーターとを備え得る。制御分析部は、ネットワークと繋がっていて、個人DNAのデータベースにデータをアップロードすることや、照合すること、アクセスすることが可能になっていてもいい。例えばCODIS(Combined DNA Index System)と接続可能になっていてもいい。ポンプは、ダイヤフラムポンプやシリンジポンプが用いられていてもいい。バルブの例としてモーター動力を直接/間接的に伝達させ、フィルムを変形させるバルブや、空気圧を使って変形させるバルブが使われてもいい。バルブは制御部によってコントロールされてもいい。熱で変形させてバルブを開閉してもよく、磁力を用いてもいい。
[Analysis system]
In this embodiment, the analysis system 101 (DNA analysis system) may include a memory that stores program instructions, a control unit including a processor that executes the program instructions, a function that receives and analyzes raw data, optical data, and electropherogram data from the detection unit, a solution transport control mechanism such as a pump or valve, a CE unit (capillary electrophoresis unit) that performs electrophoretic analysis of the PCR reaction solution, a flow path device, and a heater. The control analysis unit may be connected to a network and may be capable of uploading, collating, and accessing data to a personal DNA database. For example, it may be connectable to CODIS (Combined DNA Index System). The pump may be a diaphragm pump or a syringe pump. As an example of a valve, a valve that directly/indirectly transmits motor power to deform a film, or a valve that deforms using air pressure may be used. The valve may be controlled by the control unit. The valve may be opened and closed by deformation using heat, or magnetic force may be used.

 分析プロトコルに係る各種パラメータは、あらかじめ分析システム101に備えられたコンピュータ102のデータベース内に保存されていてもよい。コンピュータは、データベース103に記録されているパラメータに基づいて、流路デバイス104やCE部105およびその接続部等のバルブの開閉と、温度制御と、印加圧力および/または流量の制御との役割を担ってもよい。コンピュータ102に記録されているパラメータには、温度・時間・圧力・流量・および保存パラメータおよび実測値を元に、パラメータを設定するための関数が格納されていてもいい。 Various parameters related to the analysis protocol may be stored in advance in a database of a computer 102 provided in the analysis system 101. Based on the parameters recorded in the database 103, the computer may be responsible for opening and closing valves of the flow path device 104, the CE section 105 and their connecting sections, controlling the temperature, and controlling the applied pressure and/or flow rate. The parameters recorded in the computer 102 may include functions for setting parameters based on temperature, time, pressure, flow rate, stored parameters, and actual measured values.

 ターゲットDNAを含むサンプルを受け付けて、溶解から精製、PCR、CE測定と分析を全自動行うことができてもいい。溶解~精製~PCR~CE測定と分析の一部を全自動でできてもいい。たとえば、分析システム101または流路デバイス104は、後述の図14に示す処理を、PCR反応液の調整からn-m回のサーマルサイクルまでを全自動で実施する。このようにすると処理が効率化される。非専門家による分析が可能になる。 It may be possible to accept samples containing target DNA and perform the processes from dissolution to purification, PCR, CE measurement, and analysis in a fully automated manner. It may also be possible to fully automate parts of the processes from dissolution to purification to PCR to CE measurement and analysis. For example, the analysis system 101 or the flow path device 104 fully automates the process shown in FIG. 14 described below, from adjusting the PCR reaction solution to n-m thermal cycles. This makes the process more efficient. It also makes it possible for non-experts to perform the analysis.

 一体化したデバイスで、溶解、精製、およびPCR反応液調整を行ってもいい。一体化したデバイスで、PCRとホルムアミドを混合し、加熱してもいい。一体化したデバイスで、CE測定まで行ってもいい。 In an integrated device, dissolution, purification, and PCR reaction solution preparation can be performed. In an integrated device, PCR and formamide can be mixed and heated. In an integrated device, CE measurement can also be performed.

 流路デバイス104は使い捨てでもいい。使い捨てにすることで、サンプル間のコンタミを防ぐことができる。 The flow path device 104 may be disposable. By making it disposable, contamination between samples can be prevented.

 CE部105は使い捨てでもいい。使い捨てにすることで、サンプル間のコンタミが防げる。また、デバイスと一体成型ができるため、保管やメンテナンス、運搬が容易になる。前処理部とCE部の接続部がシンプルになり、故障やエラーの頻度を下げることができる。 The CE unit 105 may be disposable. Making it disposable helps prevent contamination between samples. In addition, since it can be molded integrally with the device, it is easy to store, maintain, and transport. The connection between the pretreatment unit and the CE unit is simplified, which helps reduce the frequency of breakdowns and errors.

 前処理流路デバイスが使い捨てである一方で、CE部は複数回使えるようになっていてもいい。CE部は精密な製造が要求されており、単価が高いため、使いまわし可能にすることで低コスト化が図れる。 While the pretreatment flow path device is disposable, the CE section can be made to be reusable multiple times. The CE section requires precision manufacturing and has a high unit price, so making it reusable can help reduce costs.

 図1に分析システム101とコンピュータ102の詳細例を示す。 Figure 1 shows a detailed example of the analysis system 101 and computer 102.

 コンピュータ102はユーザインターフェイス106を備えていてもよい。ユーザインターフェイス106に係るパラメータ(例えば各ステップの時間や温度、圧力、流量、手順、分割液量、PCRサイクル数、サンプル情報、カートリッジ情報、分析プロトコルなど)をユーザから受け付けて、データベース103に保管してもよい。また、各種パラメータは、あらかじめデータベース103内に保存されていてもよい。コンピュータ102は、データベース103に記録されているパラメータに基づいて、流路デバイス104のバルブの開閉と、温度制御と、印加圧力・流量の制御と、の役割を担ってもよい。 The computer 102 may be equipped with a user interface 106. Parameters related to the user interface 106 (e.g., time and temperature of each step, pressure, flow rate, procedure, amount of divided liquid, number of PCR cycles, sample information, cartridge information, analysis protocol, etc.) may be accepted from the user and stored in the database 103. In addition, various parameters may be stored in the database 103 in advance. The computer 102 may be responsible for opening and closing the valves of the flow path device 104, controlling the temperature, and controlling the applied pressure and flow rate based on the parameters recorded in the database 103.

 測定ごとに消耗される流路デバイス104は、内部にタグを有しており、タグの情報を分析システム101が読み取ることで、適切な分析プロトコルを設定してもいい。 The flow path device 104, which is consumed for each measurement, has an internal tag, and the analysis system 101 can read the information on the tag to set an appropriate analysis protocol.

 PCRサイクル数(たとえばmおよびnの値)はユーザが設定してもいい。分析システム101は、事前に設定されるmおよびnの値を記憶する。また、ユーザがサンプルの種類に関する情報(例えば頬スワブ/Touch sample/Casework sample/DVIなど)を入力し、コンピュータ内のデータベースと照合して適切なPCRの実施手順を決めてもいい。複数回または複数の泳動サンプルについて電気泳動を行う場合、先に泳動サンプルmに対してCE測定するか、または先に泳動サンプルnに対してCE測定するかを、ユーザのインプットによって選択してもいい。また、実施手順をすべてコンピュータ102の下で自動制御してもよい。また、分析フローの一部をユーザが補助・実施してもよい。 The number of PCR cycles (e.g., values of m and n) may be set by the user. The analysis system 101 stores the values of m and n that are set in advance. The user may also input information about the type of sample (e.g., cheek swab/touch sample/casework sample/DVI, etc.) and determine the appropriate PCR implementation procedure by comparing it with a database in the computer. When electrophoresis is performed multiple times or for multiple electrophoresis samples, the user may input whether to perform CE measurement on electrophoresis sample m first or on electrophoresis sample n first. The implementation procedure may also be automatically controlled in its entirety by the computer 102. The user may also assist and implement part of the analysis flow.

 従来は、研究所等のように実験設備が整った環境にサンプルを送付し、専門の知識と技術を持った検査官がサンプル調整と計測を行い、データ解析を行う流れが一般的であった。しかし、サンプルの輸送に時間がかかることや、実験設備の維持には多額の設備費・人件費が必要であることが問題点として挙げられる。また、効率を上げるためにバッチ処理を導入している場合、急ぎのサンプルを割り込ませるのは困難である。近年、サンプルの導入から計測・データの取得までを全自動で実施する、Sample-to-answer(StoA)システムが、様々な分野で登場しつつある。StoAシステムに、チャンバや流路、試薬が統合された、流路デバイスが用いられる場合がある。流路デバイスを導入することには、以下のメリットがある。(1)非専門家でも容易に計測できる、(2)短時間でデータを取得できる、(3)可搬性の高い装置が設計可能、(4)手技に由来するばらつきの低減、(5)試薬の保管が容易。  In the past, samples were generally sent to an environment with well-equipped experimental equipment, such as a research institute, where an inspector with specialized knowledge and skills would adjust and measure the samples, and then analyze the data. However, problems include the time it takes to transport samples, and the large equipment and labor costs required to maintain experimental equipment. In addition, when batch processing is introduced to increase efficiency, it is difficult to interrupt urgent samples. In recent years, Sample-to-Answer (StoA) systems, which perform the entire process from sample introduction to measurement and data acquisition in an automated manner, have been appearing in various fields. In some cases, StoA systems use flow path devices that integrate chambers, flow paths, and reagents. The introduction of flow path devices has the following advantages: (1) Measurements can be easily performed even by non-experts, (2) Data can be acquired in a short time, (3) Highly portable equipment can be designed, (4) Variability due to manual techniques is reduced, and (5) Reagents are easy to store.

 StoAシステムの利用分野としては、潜在的な応用も含めると、例えば法医学、DNA鑑定、体外診断、動植物の種の同定、バイオディフェンス、医薬、バイオテクノロジー、ライフサイエンス、防衛、公衆衛生、及び農業があげられる。StoAシステムは研究所や、犯罪捜査現場、交番、病院、自動車などで用いられてもいい。 Potential applications of the StoA system include forensics, DNA identification, in vitro diagnostics, plant and animal species identification, biodefense, medicine, biotechnology, life sciences, defense, public health, and agriculture. StoA systems may be used in laboratories, crime scenes, police stations, hospitals, and automobiles.

[流路デバイス]
 本実施形態において、流路デバイス104は試薬やチャンバ、流路を内部に備える、使い捨て、あるいは複数回利用可能なカートリッジを指す。流路デバイス104は、溶液の搬送動力源を内部に備えていてもよい。また、一部またはすべての試薬がデバイスの中に存在していてもよい。チャンバの一部には、温調機能や分子の捕捉機能、検出機能、電圧印加機能が備えられていてもよい。
[Flow Channel Device]
In this embodiment, the flow channel device 104 refers to a disposable or multiple-use cartridge that contains a reagent, a chamber, and a flow channel. The flow channel device 104 may contain a power source for transporting a solution. In addition, some or all of the reagents may be present within the device. Some of the chambers may be equipped with a temperature control function, a molecular capture function, a detection function, and a voltage application function.

 流路デバイスに使用される材料は、当該技術分野で一般的に用いられている材料であれば特に限定されるものではない。望ましくは、DNAの吸着量が少ない材料として、ポリプロピレンや環状オレフィンポリマー(COP)、環状オレフィンコポリマー(COC)、ポリカーボネート、ポリエチレンテレフタラート、ポリウレタン、を用いるのがよい。また、表面に負に帯電するような修飾を施すことで、吸着量を抑えることも望ましい。そのほかの材料としては、例えば、
 ‐金、銀、銅、アルミニウム、タングステン、モリブデン、クロム、白金、チタン、ニッケル等の金属;
 ‐ステンレス、ハステロイ、インコネル、モネル、ジュラルミン等の合金;
 ‐シリコン;
 ‐ガラス、石英ガラス、溶融石英、合成石英、アルミナ、サファイア、セラミクス、フォルステライト及び感光性ガラス等のガラス材料;
 ‐ポリエステル樹脂、ポリスチレン、ポリエチレン樹脂、ABS樹脂(Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene樹脂)、ジメチルポリシロキサン(PDMS)、ナイロン、アクリル樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、メチルペンテン樹脂、フェノール樹脂、メラミン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂及び塩化ビニル樹脂等のプラスチック;
 ‐アガロース、デキストラン、セルロース、ポリビニルアルコール、ニトロセルロース、キチン、キトサン、
またはこれらの任意の組み合わせが挙げられる。
The material used for the flow channel device is not particularly limited as long as it is a material commonly used in the technical field. It is preferable to use materials that have a low amount of DNA adsorption, such as polypropylene, cyclic olefin polymer (COP), cyclic olefin copolymer (COC), polycarbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, and polyurethane. It is also preferable to suppress the amount of adsorption by modifying the surface so that it is negatively charged. Other examples of materials include
- metals such as gold, silver, copper, aluminium, tungsten, molybdenum, chromium, platinum, titanium, nickel;
- alloys such as stainless steel, Hastelloy, Inconel, Monel, duralumin, etc.;
-silicon;
- glass materials such as glass, quartz glass, fused silica, synthetic quartz, alumina, sapphire, ceramics, forsterite and photosensitive glass;
Plastics such as polyester resin, polystyrene, polyethylene resin, ABS resin (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene resin), dimethylpolysiloxane (PDMS), nylon, acrylic resin, fluororesin, polycarbonate resin, polyurethane resin, methylpentene resin, phenolic resin, melamine resin, epoxy resin and polyvinyl chloride resin;
- agarose, dextran, cellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, nitrocellulose, chitin, chitosan,
Or any combination of these.

[チャンバ・試薬貯留部]
 典型的なチャンバや試薬貯留部は液体や固体を格納することができて、溶液を反応させたり待機させたり加熱したり変化させたりすることができる空間を指す。チャンバは流路よりも太い径を有している場合もあるが、見た目では流路と区別がつかない場合もあってよい。チャンバは、内部に膜や微細構造を有している場合もあれば、流路とは異なる組成でできていたり、表面処理が異なっていたり、親水度が異なっている場合がある。また、流路デバイスの外側にヒーターやレーザー光源がついていてもいい。チャンバ内に試薬を保管してもよく、チャンバ内でPCRや溶解、精製などを実施してもよい。典型的なチャンバの容量は0.01μL~50mLであることが望ましい。
[Chamber/Reagent storage section]
A typical chamber or reagent reservoir is a space that can contain liquids or solids and where solutions can be reacted, held, heated, or transformed. The chamber may have a larger diameter than the flow channel, but may be indistinguishable from the flow channel by appearance. The chamber may have a membrane or microstructure inside, may be made of a different composition than the flow channel, may have a different surface treatment, or may have a different hydrophilicity. The flow channel device may also have a heater or laser light source on the outside. Reagents may be stored in the chamber, and PCR, lysis, purification, etc. may be performed in the chamber. A typical chamber volume is preferably 0.01 μL to 50 mL.

 流路デバイスはデバイス内に試薬を保管していてもよく、試薬を流路デバイス外・分析システム内部から供給されてもいい。一例として、デバイスには1種類以上の試薬が1つ以上の試薬貯留部に格納されている。試薬は、[溶解液、洗浄液、PCR試薬(ポリメラーゼ・プライマ・界面活性剤などを含みうる)、ホルムアミド、純水、DNA断片、オイル]のうち少なくとも1種類以上を含む。 これらは、意図しないタイミングで混合すると性能の低下、そのほか予期せぬ結果を招くため、使用直前までバルブ、フィルム、空気、あるいは自発的な混合を防げるほど細い流路、またはそれらの組み合わせからなる隔壁機構で隔てられていることが望ましい。また、試薬を外気から隔離することで、長期間の保管と、デバイスの可搬性を実現する。同一の試薬を複数のステップに分けて放出するため、複数の試薬貯留部に保管してもいい。デバイスの外に試薬が保管されている場合も同様に、外気と隔離された状態で保管されていることが望ましく、バルブ、フィルム、空気等でほかの精製システム構成要素と隔てられている。公知の試薬保管技術として、例えばブリスター試薬貯留部、または特許文献1や特許文献2に搭載されている試薬貯留部があり、類似の形態が本実施形態に組み込まれていてもいい。 The flow path device may store reagents within the device, or the reagents may be supplied from outside the flow path device or from inside the analysis system. As an example, the device stores one or more types of reagents in one or more reagent storage sections. The reagents include at least one of the following: [lysis solution, cleaning solution, PCR reagents (which may contain polymerase, primers, surfactants, etc.), formamide, pure water, DNA fragments, and oil].  Since unintended mixing of these can lead to a decrease in performance or other unexpected results, it is desirable that they are separated by a partition mechanism consisting of a valve, film, air, or a flow path thin enough to prevent spontaneous mixing, or a combination of these, until just before use. In addition, by isolating the reagents from the outside air, long-term storage and portability of the device are achieved. The same reagent may be stored in multiple reagent storage sections to be released in multiple steps. Similarly, when reagents are stored outside the device, they are desirably stored in a state isolated from the outside air, and are separated from other purification system components by valves, films, air, etc. Known reagent storage technologies include, for example, a blister reagent storage unit or the reagent storage unit installed in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2, and similar configurations may be incorporated into this embodiment.

[サンプル種]
 本実施形態による精製システムに供されるサンプルは、生体由来サンプルであれば特に限定されるものではない。サンプルの由来となる生体も特に限定されるものではなく、脊椎動物(例えば哺乳類、鳥類、爬虫類、魚類、両生類など)、無脊椎動物(例えば昆虫、線虫、甲殻類など)、植物、原生生物、真菌、細菌、ウイルスなどの任意の生体に由来するサンプルを用いることができる。
[Sample type]
The sample to be subjected to the purification system according to the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as it is a biological sample. The biological sample is also not particularly limited, and samples derived from any biological organism such as vertebrates (e.g., mammals, birds, reptiles, fish, amphibians, etc.), invertebrates (e.g., insects, nematodes, crustaceans, etc.), plants, protozoa, fungi, bacteria, and viruses can be used.

 サンプルを採取する際は、スワブやろ紙、布などを担体に用いることができ、担体ごと精製システムに導入するようにしてもよい。 When collecting a sample, a swab, filter paper, cloth, etc. can be used as a carrier, and the carrier itself can be introduced into the purification system.

 法医学的サンプルとは、頬スワブ、骨、筋組織、人体臓器、Touchサンプルと呼ばれるごく微量のDNAを含むサンプル、血痕、皮膚片、毛髪、体液、および、これらが付着していると推定される遺留品を含む。多くの法医学的サンプルは未知量のDNAを含んでおり、濃度は0.001ng~1000μgのDNAを、より高頻度には、0.01ng~10μgのDNAを含む。また、法医学的サンプルは単一の人物からなるDNAのみを含む場合もあり、複数人の人物からなるDNAを含む場合があり、劣化したDNAが含まれていることがある。 Forensic samples include cheek swabs, bone, muscle tissue, human organs, touch samples containing very small amounts of DNA, bloodstains, skin fragments, hair, bodily fluids, and items presumed to contain any of these. Many forensic samples contain unknown amounts of DNA, ranging from 0.001ng to 1000μg of DNA, more frequently 0.01ng to 10μg of DNA. Forensic samples may contain only DNA from a single individual, may contain DNA from multiple individuals, and may contain degraded DNA.

[溶液搬送制御]
 分析システム101は、溶液を搬送するためにポンプやバルブを備えていてもいい。搬送手段は、シリンジポンプ、ダイヤフラムポンプ、電気化学的ポンプ、表面張力を用いたPassive搬送、遠心力、およびこれらの組み合わせが用いられてもよい。
[Solution transport control]
The analysis system 101 may include a pump and a valve for transporting the solution. The transport means may be a syringe pump, a diaphragm pump, an electrochemical pump, passive transport using surface tension, centrifugal force, or a combination thereof.

 分析システム101にはバルブが備えられていてもいい。バルブは溶液の搬送パスを指定するほか、空気圧が印加されるパスを切り替えるために使われる。バルブは空気圧で作動するダイヤフラムバルブ、機械式バルブや表面張力を用いたバルブが用いられていてもいい。搬送に必要な圧力の差で、搬送可能な流路を切り替えてもいい。 The analysis system 101 may be equipped with a valve. The valve is used to specify the solution transport path as well as to switch the path to which air pressure is applied. The valve may be a diaphragm valve that operates with air pressure, a mechanical valve, or a valve that uses surface tension. The flow path that can be transported may be switched based on the difference in pressure required for transport.

[PCR反応]
 デバイス内には、PCR試薬が備えられていてよい。PCR試薬は、ポリメラーゼを含む溶液と、プライマを含む溶液が別々に備えられていてもいい。PCR試薬は乾燥試薬であってもいい。スワブなどサンプルそのものがPCRに供されてもいい。シリカ精製や、Chelex、フェノールクロロホルム等で精製されたDNAをPCR試薬と混合してもいい。DNAがトラップされた膜(シリカ膜など)とPCR試薬を混合してもいい。
[PCR reaction]
The device may contain PCR reagents. The PCR reagents may be prepared as separate solutions containing polymerase and primers. The PCR reagents may be dry reagents. The sample itself, such as a swab, may be subjected to PCR. DNA purified with silica, Chelex, phenol chloroform, etc. may be mixed with the PCR reagents. A membrane (such as a silica membrane) with trapped DNA may be mixed with the PCR reagents.

 PCR試薬には、サンプルDNAとともに増幅されるIPCとIPCを増幅するためのプライマのセットが含まれていてもいい。IPC用のプライマには、色素がついており、CEで検出可能になっていてもいい。IPCに由来するアンプリコンを分析に利用することができる。IPCとサンプル由来のピークの強度比と、増幅効率補正係数や蛍光強度補正係数を用いることで、サンプルのDNA量を推定してもいい。また、IPCの強度を確認することで、PCR反応が正常に行われているか、阻害されているかを推定してもいい。 The PCR reagent may include an IPC that is amplified along with the sample DNA and a set of primers for amplifying the IPC. The primers for the IPC may be dyed and detectable by CE. The amplicons derived from the IPC can be used for analysis. The amount of DNA in the sample may be estimated by using the intensity ratio of the IPC and sample-derived peaks, the amplification efficiency correction factor, and the fluorescence intensity correction factor. Also, by checking the intensity of the IPC, it may be estimated whether the PCR reaction is proceeding normally or has been inhibited.

 典型的なPCR反応液の液量は1μl~200μlで、より好適には10μl~50μlである。液量が少ない場合、正確な温調が可能、高速なPCRが可能、試薬コストが安いというメリットがある。一方で液量が多ければ、より多くの溶出DNAを受け取ることが可能である。 The typical volume of PCR reaction solution is 1μl to 200μl, and more preferably 10μl to 50μl. A small volume of solution has the advantages of allowing accurate temperature control, high-speed PCR, and low reagent costs. On the other hand, a larger volume of solution allows for more eluted DNA to be received.

 典型的なPCR反応は、Initial denaturingステップ、Annealingステップ、Extensionステップ、Denatureステップ、Final Extensionステップから構成されていてもよく、一部のステップがなくてもいい。 A typical PCR reaction may consist of an initial denaturing step, an annealing step, an extension step, a denaturation step, and a final extension step, or some of the steps may be missing.

 Initial denaturingステップはPCRの開始時に90℃~99℃で1s~2min加熱され、PCRの反応を開始することができる。Annealingステップでは50℃~80℃で1s~2min加熱し、鋳型DNAにプライマを結合させる。Extensionステップでは50℃~80℃で1s~2min加熱し、DNAポリメラーゼがよく働く温度に上げ、DNAの伸長反応を行う。Denatureステップでは80℃~99℃で1s~2min加熱する。Final Extensionステップでは50℃~80℃で1min~60min加熱する。Final Extensionステップを設けることで、増幅産物の長さを揃えることができる。Annealing ステップとExtensionステップとDenatureステップの3つは10~40回繰り返される。AnnealingステップとExtensionステップは同一の温度で実施されてもいい。 In the initial denaturing step, the mixture is heated to 90°C to 99°C for 1s to 2 minutes at the start of PCR, allowing the PCR reaction to begin. In the annealing step, the mixture is heated to 50°C to 80°C for 1s to 2 minutes to allow the primers to bind to the template DNA. In the extension step, the mixture is heated to 50°C to 80°C for 1s to 2 minutes to raise the temperature to a level where DNA polymerase can work well, allowing the DNA to elongate. In the denaturation step, the mixture is heated to 80°C to 99°C for 1s to 2 minutes. In the final extension step, the mixture is heated to 50°C to 80°C for 1min to 60min. By including a final extension step, the length of the amplified products can be made uniform. The annealing, extension, and denaturing steps are repeated 10 to 40 times. The annealing and extension steps may be performed at the same temperature.

[検出方法]
 増幅後、CEによる検出が行われる。CEでは、増幅産物を電圧注入によりポリマーで満たされた毛細管に注入する方式が使われてもいい。さらにキャピラリの両端に高電圧をかけると、蛍光を発するDNA断片がサイズごとに分離され、レーザー/カメラシステムで検出される。本実施形態ではCE分析についてのみ言及するが、CE部の代わりに、ほかの実施形態では、Massively parallel sequencing(MPS)、パイロシーケンシング、サンガーシーケンシング、ナノポアシーケンシング、クロマトグラフィー、電気測定、分光法、NMR、RFLP(Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphisms)、マイクロアレイ等が用いられてもよい。
[Detection method]
After amplification, detection is performed by CE. CE may involve injecting the amplified product into a polymer-filled capillary tube using voltage injection. Furthermore, when a high voltage is applied to both ends of the capillary, the fluorescent DNA fragments are separated by size and detected by a laser/camera system. Although only CE analysis is mentioned in this embodiment, in place of the CE section, in other embodiments, massively parallel sequencing (MPS), pyrosequencing, Sanger sequencing, nanopore sequencing, chromatography, electrical measurements, spectroscopy, NMR, RFLP (Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphisms), microarrays, etc. may be used.

[解析とピークの判定基準]
 CE部で得た信号は分析部にて解析される。分析ソフトとして、GeneMapper(登録商標)ID、GeneMapper ID-X、GeneMarker(登録商標)HID、i-Cubed(商標)、OSIRIS、TrueAllele(商標)などが知られている。CE分析では、解析の際に、信号強度vs時間の情報から、サイズスタンダードピークをもとに、横軸がDNA長さ、縦軸が強度の図が生成される。宇宙線やプルアップ・プルダウンを補正してもいい。ベースライン補正があってもよく、そのほか既存技術を用いて電気泳動図を得てもいい。得られた電気泳動図に対してピーク検出を行い、各アンプリコン強度とピーク位置を調べる。また、解析の際は、部分的に人の介入があってもよく、全自動で実施されてもいい。
[Analysis and peak criteria]
The signal obtained in the CE section is analyzed in the analysis section. Known analysis software includes GeneMapper (registered trademark) ID, GeneMapper ID-X, GeneMarker (registered trademark) HID, i-Cubed (trademark), OSIRIS, TrueAllele (trademark), etc. In CE analysis, a graph is generated based on the size standard peak from the signal intensity vs. time information, with the horizontal axis representing DNA length and the vertical axis representing intensity. Cosmic rays and pull-up/pull-down may be corrected. Baseline correction may be performed, or an electropherogram may be obtained using other existing techniques. Peak detection is performed on the obtained electropherogram to examine the intensity and peak position of each amplicon. In addition, the analysis may be performed partially with human intervention or fully automatically.

 本章[解析とピークの判定基準]では、DNA鑑定に関するピーク判定基準について述べる。類似の判定基準がほかのフラグメント解析で用いられてもいい。 This chapter, Analysis and Peak Criteria, describes peak criteria for DNA identification. Similar criteria may be used for other fragment analyses.

 マクロサテライトとは、繰り返し単位当たり2~7個のヌクレオチドを有する、反復塩基配列を含むDNA遺伝子座のことである。特定の遺伝子座の繰り返し数は個体ごとにことなっており、STR-PCRによる増幅産物の長さの違いとして検出することが可能である。  Macrosatellites are DNA loci that contain repeated base sequences with 2-7 nucleotides per repeat unit. The number of repeats at a particular locus varies from individual to individual, and can be detected as differences in the length of the amplified products by STR-PCR.

 典型的なSTR-PCR分析では、2か所以上の遺伝子座を検出する。典型的には5か所以上、10か所以上、15か所以上、20か所以上、25か所以上の遺伝子座が含まれる。STR-PCRはGlobalFiler(商標)、PowerPlex(登録商標)などキットとして販売されているものを使用してもいい。また、CODISなどの各国の法医学向けまたはDNA鑑定向けの遺伝子座、または各種遺伝子データベースで指定された遺伝子座を含んでいることが好適である。遺伝子座には、常染色体上に存在する遺伝子座が含まれていてもよく、Y遺伝子上にのみ存在する遺伝子が含まれていてもいい。 A typical STR-PCR analysis detects two or more loci. Typically, five or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, or 25 or more loci are included. STR-PCR may be performed using kits sold by GlobalFiler (trademark) or PowerPlex (registered trademark). It is also preferable to include loci designated by various genetic databases, such as CODIS, for forensic or DNA identification purposes in each country. The loci may include loci present on autosomes, or may include genes present only on the Y gene.

 特定の遺伝子座がホモ接合になっている場合とヘテロ接合になっている場合が混在しており、単一の人物に由来するDNA型を調べたときに検出されるピークの数は、DNA量が劣化していたり不十分量である場合を除き、最小でキットの遺伝子座の数に対応し、最大で、キットの遺伝子座のうち常染色体に割り当てられた遺伝子の2倍量と性染色体に割り当てられた遺伝子の数の和に対応したピークに対応する。 When examining DNA types derived from a single individual, which may be homozygous or heterozygous for a particular locus, the number of peaks detected will, unless the amount of DNA is degraded or insufficient, at a minimum correspond to the number of loci in the kit, and at a maximum correspond to a peak corresponding to the sum of twice the amount of genes assigned to the autosomes and the number of genes assigned to the sex chromosomes among the loci in the kit.

 典型的なSTR-PCR分析では、1つの遺伝子座に1色の蛍光色素が割り当てられている。2、3、4、5、6、7、または8色の色素を使ったSTR-PCRキットが用いられてもよい。DNA型を検出する際は、長さとピークの色の情報の組み合わせにより、遺伝子座を帰属してもいい。各種ピークの強度や位置に関する閾値は色ごとに、または遺伝子座またはアレルごとに設定されていてもいい。 In a typical STR-PCR analysis, one fluorescent dye is assigned to one locus. STR-PCR kits with 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 dyes may also be used. A combination of length and peak color information may be used to assign loci to detect DNA types. Thresholds for the intensity and position of various peaks may be set for each color, or for each locus or allele.

 単一の人物に由来するDNAプロファイルでは、1つの遺伝子座に付き1つまたは2つのアレルが検出される。一方で、複数人に由来するミックスサンプルのDNAプロファイルは1つの遺伝子座につき1つまたは2つまたは3つまたは4つ以上のアレルが検出される。複数人に由来するDNAプロファイルから、個人のDNAプロファイルを帰属する際は、典型的にはピークの強度比から、確立的に分析される。ミックスサンプルを解析するためのプログラムとして例えばKongho、LikeLTD、LRmix、STRmix、Euroformix、TrueAlleleなどが存在する。 In a DNA profile derived from a single individual, one or two alleles are detected per locus. On the other hand, in a DNA profile derived from a mixed sample derived from multiple individuals, one or two or three or more alleles are detected per locus. When attributing an individual's DNA profile from DNA profiles derived from multiple individuals, a probabilistic analysis is typically performed based on the peak intensity ratio. Examples of programs for analyzing mixed samples include Kongho, LikeLTD, LRmix, STRmix, Euroformix, and TrueAllele.

 DNA鑑定におけるアーティファクトとは、一例として、個人に由来するDNA型から取得されるべき理想的な電気泳動図やDNAプロファイルに対して、実際にDNA分析をした際に得られる電気泳動図やDNAプロファイルが異なってしまう原因となる、個人に由来するDNA型に由来しないピークや理想状態と異なるピーク間のバランス、理想状態と異なるピーク形状を指す。 In DNA testing, artifacts refer to, for example, peaks that are not derived from the DNA type derived from an individual, a balance between peaks that is different from the ideal state, or a peak shape that is different from the ideal state, which can cause the electropherogram and DNA profile obtained during actual DNA analysis to differ from the ideal electropherogram and DNA profile that should be obtained from the DNA type derived from an individual.

 アーティファクトの発生には複数のメカニズムが関与する。サンプルに含まれるDNAが単一の人物に由来する場合は、多少のアーティファクトの存在は許容される。 There are multiple mechanisms involved in the occurrence of artifacts. If the DNA in a sample comes from a single individual, the presence of some artifacts is acceptable.

 一方で、アーティファクトが多く存在すると、機械的な判定精度が低下するため、専門家によるレビューが必要になる。 On the other hand, if there are many artifacts, the accuracy of mechanical assessment decreases, making review by an expert necessary.

 また、アーティファクトが多い場合、誤ったDNA鑑定結果が出てしまうことがある。 In addition, if there are a lot of artifacts, erroneous DNA testing results may occur.

 また、アーティファクトが大きい場合、取得されるべきDNA型が検出できず、得られる情報量が少なくなってしまうことがある。 In addition, if the artifacts are large, the DNA type that should be obtained may not be detectable, resulting in a reduced amount of information being obtained.

 また、1人のDNAに由来することが保証できないようなサンプル、典型的には法医学的サンプルのように複数人が関わっている可能性が排除できないサンプルの場合は、アーティファクトが存在すると、より電気泳動図の解析が複雑または困難になる。例えば、1つの遺伝子座に3以上のピークが出現した時に、それらのピークがアーティファクトに由来するのか、2人以上の人物に由来するのか解釈が難しくなる。また、ピーク強度の比率から個人のDNAプロファイルを帰属することが一般的に行われるが、アーティファクトの可能性を加味すると、帰属が困難になる。それゆえ、極力アーティファクトが少ない電気泳動図の取得が望ましい。 In addition, for samples where it cannot be guaranteed that the DNA comes from a single individual, typically forensic samples where the possibility that multiple individuals may be involved cannot be ruled out, the presence of artifacts can make analysis of the electropherogram more complex or difficult. For example, when three or more peaks appear at one locus, it becomes difficult to interpret whether those peaks are due to artifacts or to two or more individuals. In addition, while it is common to assign an individual's DNA profile from the ratio of peak intensities, this becomes difficult when the possibility of artifacts is taken into account. Therefore, it is desirable to obtain electropherograms with as few artifacts as possible.

 個人のDNAに由来しないピークがCE分析時に発生し、分析結果に反映されてしまう場合、その状態をDrop inと呼ぶ。また、個人のDNAに存在するはずのピークがCE分析時に検出されず、分析結果に反映されない状態をDrop outと呼ぶ。Drop inとDrop outがなるべく生じないように各種閾値を設定することが好適である。 When a peak that does not originate from an individual's DNA occurs during CE analysis and is reflected in the analysis results, this state is called a drop in. When a peak that should be present in an individual's DNA is not detected during CE analysis and is not reflected in the analysis results, this state is called a drop out. It is preferable to set various thresholds to minimize the occurrence of drop in and drop out.

<スタターピーク>
 スタターピークは、PCR増幅の副産物である。伸長反応の際に1つ以上の繰り返し配列がスキップあるいは重複して増幅されることにより生じる。スタターピークは典型的にはサンプル由来のピークの前後に出現し、サンプル由来のピークから1または2繰り返し分多い場所、または少ない場所に出現する。典型的には、スタターピークはサンプル由来のピークの1~20%程度の強度を有する。
<Stator Peak>
Stutter peaks are by-products of PCR amplification. They arise when one or more repeat sequences are skipped or overlapped during the extension reaction. Stutter peaks typically appear before or after the sample peak, and appear one or two repeats more or less than the sample peak. Typically, stutter peaks have an intensity of about 1-20% of the sample peak.

<アデニル付加不完全>
 STR-PCRでは伸長反応の際に、正しい長さのアンプリコンに一定確率で余分なアデニル基が付与される(A+ピーク)。典型的なSTR-PCRキットでは、PCR反応の最後に「Final extension」と呼ばれる反応ステップが追加される。このFinal extensionステップ内では、アデニル基が余分に付与されなかったアンプリコンにアデニル基を付与する。十分な時間のFinal extension時間を設けることでほぼすべてのアンプリコンにアデニル基が付与された状態を実現する。ただし、アンプリコンの量に対してFinal extensionの時間が過剰に設定されていると、さらに余計にアデニル基が付与されたアンプリコン(A++ピーク)の割合が増えてしまう。A++ピークはA+ピークよりも1塩基長い位置に検出される。また、アンプリコンの量が過剰である場合、Final extensionの時間内にアデニル基の付与が完了せず、アデニル付加が行われていないアンプリコンが残存してしまい、1塩基少ないA-ピークとして検出されてしまう。以下ではA++ピークとA-ピークをまとめてIncomplete adenylation Peak(IAP)と呼ぶ。また、A-ピークに限定して記述する際は「IAP-」、A++ピークやさらに多くのアデニル基が付与されたピークのことに限定して記述する際は「IAP+」と記述する。好適なSTR-CEでは、A+ピーク強度に対して、A-ピークとA++ピークはそれぞれ50%以下、より好ましくは20%以下、より好ましくは10%以下の範囲に収まるように、PCRサイクル数やFinal extension時間、Input DNA量など各種PCRパラメータを調整する。前記範囲にA-ピークまたはA++ピークの強度が収まって好適なSTR-CEが実施できたかどうかを判定するためのIAPの強度閾値またはメインピークに対する強度比閾値(Incomplete adenylation Peak ratio Threshold、IAPT)が設けられていてもいい。A+ピークに対するA-またはA++ピークの強度比が一定以上存在すると、メインピークの強度が本来の遺伝子の存在比率を反映しなくなる。また、ミックスサンプルの場合や、遺伝子多型によって1塩基ずれたピークが出現した場合、正確な帰属ができなくなる。また、誤ったDNA型が検出される原因にもなり得る。
<Incomplete adenylation>
In STR-PCR, during the extension reaction, there is a certain probability that an extra adenyl group will be added to amplicons of the correct length (A+ peak). In a typical STR-PCR kit, a reaction step called "final extension" is added to the end of the PCR reaction. In this final extension step, adenyl groups are added to amplicons that have not been given extra adenyl groups. By allowing a sufficient amount of final extension time, it is possible to achieve a state in which almost all amplicons are adenylated. However, if the final extension time is set too long compared to the amount of amplicon, the proportion of amplicons with extra adenyl groups (A++ peak) will increase. The A++ peak is detected at a position one base longer than the A+ peak. Also, if the amount of amplicon is excessive, adenylation is not completed within the final extension time, and amplicons that have not been adenylated remain, and are detected as an A- peak with one base less. In the following, the A++ peak and the A- peak are collectively referred to as incomplete adenylation peaks (IAPs). In addition, when describing only the A-peak, it is written as "IAP-", and when describing only the A++ peak or a peak with more adenyl groups, it is written as "IAP+". In a suitable STR-CE, various PCR parameters such as the number of PCR cycles, the final extension time, and the amount of input DNA are adjusted so that the A-peak and A++ peak are within a range of 50% or less, more preferably 20% or less, and more preferably 10% or less, relative to the A+ peak intensity. An IAP intensity threshold or an intensity ratio threshold to the main peak (Incomplete adenylation Peak ratio Threshold, IAPT) may be set to determine whether the intensity of the A-peak or A++ peak falls within the above range and suitable STR-CE has been performed. If the intensity ratio of the A- or A++ peak to the A+ peak is greater than a certain level, the intensity of the main peak will not reflect the original abundance ratio of the gene. In addition, in the case of a mixed sample or when a peak with one base shift appears due to genetic polymorphism, accurate assignment will not be possible. It may also cause the detection of an incorrect DNA type.

<ピーク強度比>
 DNA量が十分に存在するとき、ヘテロ接合の遺伝子座に由来する2つのピークはほぼ同じ高さを示す。DNA量が不十分である場合は、各遺伝子に由来するDNA量が不均一になる確率が上昇し、2つのピーク強度の差が有意に大きくなる。また、増幅が過剰な場合、短いDNAが長いDNAに優先されて増幅される。同じ遺伝子座に由来するピークの高さも、短いDNAの方が優先されて増幅されるため、ずれが大きくなる。2つのピーク強度の比率が大きくなると、スタターピークとの区別ができなくなる。またミックスサンプルのDNAの帰属が困難になる。そのため、有意なCE分析ができたか判定するために、2つのピークのうち、大きいものに対する小さいピークの強度の比率(Peak to height ratio、 PHR)が10%以上、より好ましくは40%以上、より好ましくは60%以上であることが基準となる。
<Peak intensity ratio>
When there is sufficient DNA, the two peaks originating from heterozygous loci show almost the same height. When the amount of DNA is insufficient, the probability that the amount of DNA originating from each gene will be uneven increases, and the difference in the intensity of the two peaks becomes significantly larger. In addition, when amplification is excessive, short DNA is amplified preferentially over long DNA. The height of the peaks originating from the same locus also differs greatly because short DNA is amplified preferentially. When the ratio of the two peak intensities becomes large, it becomes impossible to distinguish from a stutter peak. In addition, it becomes difficult to assign the DNA of a mixed sample. Therefore, to determine whether a significant CE analysis has been performed, the ratio of the intensity of the smaller peak to the larger peak (Peak to height ratio, PHR) of the two peaks is 10% or more, more preferably 40% or more, and more preferably 60% or more.

<Ski-slope>
 DNA量が過剰にある場合、アンプリコンに対するdNTPやPolymeraseの存在比率が低下し、短いDNAが優先的に増幅される傾向が強まる。この場合、得られる電気泳動図は長いDNAのピークが小さく、短いDNAのピークが大きい、スロープ状の電気泳動図が得られる。また、DNAが劣化している場合、長いDNAよりも短いDNAの存在比率が高まる傾向がある。このときもまた、同様にスロープのあるDNAプロファイルが得られる。また、阻害剤が含まれていると、長いDNAの増幅効率が短いDNAよりも下がる傾向にあり、これもまた同様にスロープのあるDNAプロファイルを与える。また、PCR試薬がDNA溶液で本来の混合比よりも希釈された状態になると、増幅効率に差が出て、長いDNAが優先的に増幅されて逆向きのスロープのあるDNAプロファイルを与えることがある。また、PCR試薬に、長いDNAのプライマを多く混ぜて、長いDNAが優先的に増幅されるような反応系になっている場合も、逆向きのスロープがあるDNAプロファイルが得られる。DNA鑑定において、スロープのあるプロファイルや、遺伝子座間のピーク強度比が大きいようなプロファイルは好ましくない。なぜなら、ピーク強度の差が大きくなり、CEを飽和させるか検出下限以下になるピークがより出現しやすくなるためである。また、ミックスサンプルの帰属が困難になるためである。典型的には、遺伝子座間のピーク強度比(Inter locus PHR)は最大のピークに対して最小のピークが1%以上、より好ましくは5%以上、より好ましくは10%以上、より好ましくは20%以上の強度を有するように、PCR反応パラメータを調整することが望ましい。また、Inter locus PHRの閾値を満たさない小さいピークは、ピーク分析の対象外にしてもいい。また、劣化したDNAに対応するには、PCRの増幅量がSTR-CEに対して適切な範囲に収まっているか、CEのダイナミックレンジが大きく設計されていることが望ましい。
<Ski-slope>
When there is an excess amount of DNA, the ratio of dNTPs and polymerase to the amplicon decreases, and the tendency for short DNA to be preferentially amplified increases. In this case, the electropherogram obtained has a sloped electropherogram with a small peak for long DNA and a large peak for short DNA. Also, when DNA is degraded, the ratio of short DNA to long DNA tends to be higher. In this case, a DNA profile with a slope is also obtained. Also, if an inhibitor is included, the amplification efficiency of long DNA tends to be lower than that of short DNA, which also gives a DNA profile with a slope. Also, when the PCR reagent is diluted with the DNA solution more than the original mixing ratio, the amplification efficiency differs, and long DNA is preferentially amplified, giving a DNA profile with a reverse slope. Also, when a large amount of primers for long DNA is mixed into the PCR reagent, a reaction system in which long DNA is preferentially amplified is obtained, and a DNA profile with a reverse slope is obtained. In DNA identification, a profile with a slope or a profile with a large peak intensity ratio between gene loci is not desirable. This is because the difference in peak intensity becomes larger, and peaks that saturate CE or fall below the detection limit become more likely to appear. Also, it becomes difficult to assign mixed samples. Typically, it is desirable to adjust the PCR reaction parameters so that the inter-locus peak intensity ratio (Inter locus PHR) has an intensity of 1% or more, more preferably 5% or more, more preferably 10% or more, and more preferably 20% or more relative to the maximum peak. Also, small peaks that do not meet the Inter locus PHR threshold may be excluded from peak analysis. Also, to deal with degraded DNA, it is desirable that the PCR amplification amount is within an appropriate range for STR-CE or that the dynamic range of CE is designed to be large.

<CEのサチュレーション>
 CE部に導入されたアンプリコン量が過剰で、CE検出時の蛍光強度が検出器の検出範囲上限の強度を上回る場合、飽和が起こる。このとき、最大の強度を示したピークとそれ以外のピーク強度の比率は、本来の強度比を反映しない。また、スタターピークやIAPのメインピークに対する強度比が、本来のアンプリコンの比率よりも高めに検出される。そのため、上記に述べたアーティファクトが強調される。また、サンプルがMixだった場合は、正しい混合比を算出することができない。ゆえに、好ましいDNA鑑定では、CE検出がサチュレーション(Oversaturation、飽和、OS)しないように、PCR反応条件を設定するか、PCR増幅産物を希釈する。OSスレショルドはCE実機で評価して設定してもよく、ユーザが設定してもよく、測定毎にユーザが設定してもよく、コンピュータ上で設定してもいい。
<CE Saturation>
If the amount of amplicon introduced into the CE section is excessive and the fluorescence intensity during CE detection exceeds the upper limit of the detection range of the detector, saturation occurs. In this case, the ratio of the peak with the maximum intensity to the other peak intensities does not reflect the original intensity ratio. In addition, the intensity ratio of the stutter peak and the main peak of IAP is detected higher than the original ratio of the amplicon. Therefore, the above-mentioned artifacts are emphasized. In addition, if the sample is a mix, the correct mixing ratio cannot be calculated. Therefore, in a preferred DNA appraisal, the PCR reaction conditions are set or the PCR amplified product is diluted so that the CE detection does not saturate (oversaturation, OS). The OS threshold may be evaluated and set by the actual CE device, may be set by the user, may be set by the user for each measurement, or may be set on the computer.

<CEのノイズ、プルアップ>
 CE検出部で生じるアーティファクトも存在する。
<CE noise, pull-up>
There are also artifacts that occur in the CE detector.

 プルアップピークとは、他の色素に由来するピークが誤って検出されることを指す。プルアップは、CEがサチュレーションした際に際立って強く出るが、サチュレーションしていない場合も検出されてしまうことがある。 Pull-up peaks are peaks that are derived from other dyes and are detected incorrectly. Pull-ups are particularly noticeable when CE is saturated, but they can also be detected when CE is not saturated.

 直前の測定で大量のDNAがCE部に持ち込まれた場合、キャリーオーバーとなって次回測定でピークが検出されてしまうことがある。 If a large amount of DNA is brought into the CE section during the previous measurement, carryover may occur and a peak may be detected during the next measurement.

 また、CE部に混入した気泡や検出部のバックグラウンドノイズなどが電気泳動図に反映されることもある。 In addition, air bubbles in the CE section and background noise in the detection section may be reflected in the electropherogram.

 ノイズピークが誤って解析に利用されないよう、解析時はAnalytical Threshold(AT)が設けられ得る。Analytical thresholdは、バックグランドノイズを測定して、十分なSN比が得られるように設定してもよく、ユーザが設定してもよく、装置が実験毎に設定してもよく、プリセットされていてもいい。また、ATを超えたピークであっても、そのピークが増幅産物に由来するのか、CEの泳動不良に由来するのか、CEの各種ノイズに由来するのか判定するためのプログラムが記憶され実行されてもいい。 An analytical threshold (AT) may be set during analysis to prevent noise peaks from being mistakenly used in the analysis. The analytical threshold may be set by measuring background noise to obtain a sufficient signal-to-noise ratio, or may be set by the user, set by the device for each experiment, or may be preset. In addition, a program may be stored and executed to determine whether a peak that exceeds the AT is due to an amplification product, poor CE migration, or various types of CE noise.

 ATは第一基準値と第二基準値の2段階またはそれより多くの段階に設定されていてもよい。第一基準より大きいピーク強度を有する場合は、真のピークと判定され、第二基準以上、第一基準以下の強度のピークはユーザまたは専門家によるレビューを要求するか、もしくは他の設定条件を満たしたときにピーク判定されるように設定されていてもいい。また、遺伝子座によって増幅効率が異なることもあり、色素ごとに発光効率やノイズの強度が異なることもあるため、ATは遺伝子座ごとまたは色素ごとに設定されていてもいい。 The AT may be set in two or more stages, a first and a second reference value. If the peak has a peak intensity greater than the first reference, it is determined to be a true peak, and if the peak has an intensity greater than the second reference and less than the first reference, review by the user or an expert is required, or it may be set to be determined to be a peak when other set conditions are met. In addition, since amplification efficiency may differ depending on the gene locus, and luminescence efficiency and noise intensity may differ depending on the dye, AT may be set for each gene locus or each dye.

<アーティファクトの対策>
 以上のアーティファクトの対策方法について述べる。劣化していないDNAおよびPCR阻害物質の含まれていないDNAについては、STR-CEの分析範囲内に収まるようなDNA量をPCRに投入することで、適切なピーク強度(AT以上、OS以下)、PHR、IPAのデータを取得でき、かつSki slopeの出現を抑制することができる。また、劣化している、極微量である、または阻害物質が含まれている、という場合であっても、適切なサイクル数と投入量になっていれば得られる情報量を最大化できる。得られる情報量を最大化しつつ、アーティファクトの出現を最小限に抑えることができる、PCRサイクル数とDNA量のパラメータセットが存在する。
<Countermeasures against artifacts>
We will now discuss countermeasures for the above artifacts. For DNA that is not degraded or does not contain PCR inhibitors, inputting an amount of DNA into PCR that falls within the analytical range of STR-CE makes it possible to obtain appropriate peak intensity (above AT, below OS), PHR, and IPA data, and to suppress the appearance of the ski slope. Even if the DNA is degraded, in extremely small amounts, or contains inhibitors, the amount of information obtained can be maximized if the number of cycles and input amount are appropriate. There is a parameter set of the number of PCR cycles and the amount of DNA that can maximize the amount of information obtained while minimizing the appearance of artifacts.

<CE分析結果の評価方法>
 CE分析結果をユーザに提供する際は、得られたCEデータが有用かそうでないか、あるいはどの程度有用であるかをユーザに併せて示してもいい。
<Evaluation method of CE analysis results>
When providing the CE analysis results to a user, it may also be possible to indicate to the user whether the obtained CE data is useful or not, and to what extent it is useful.

 CE分析結果をユーザに提示する際は、得られたCEデータが完全なDNA鑑定結果(Full profile)であるかをユーザに示してもいい。得られたCEデータに対して、再度分析が必要かどうかをユーザにアドバイスしてもいい。 When presenting the CE analysis results to the user, it is also possible to show the user whether the obtained CE data is a complete DNA profile result (full profile). It is also possible to advise the user whether the obtained CE data requires further analysis.

 図2に、得られたDNAプロファイルが、Full profileであるかどうかを判定するため、またはデータの質をユーザに知らせるための評価フローを示す。本チャートは一例であり、順番が入れ替わっていてもよく、一部が無くてもよく、ここに示されていない工程が含まれていてもよく、複数のフラグが付与されるように一部または全体が同時に行われてもよい。また、各ピークまたは遺伝子座ごとに図2のようなフローを実施し、すべての遺伝子座で基準を全て満たした場合にFull profileであると判定してもよい。Full profileでない場合も、基準を満たした遺伝子座の情報だけまとめてユーザに提供してもいい。また、遺伝子座ごとに、どの基準を満たさなかったか、あるいは満たしたか表などに出力して提供してもいい。 Figure 2 shows an evaluation flow for determining whether the obtained DNA profile is a Full profile or for informing the user of the quality of the data. This chart is one example, and the order may be reversed, some steps may be omitted, steps not shown here may be included, and some or all of the steps may be performed simultaneously so that multiple flags are assigned. Also, a flow like that of Figure 2 may be performed for each peak or locus, and it may be determined to be a Full profile if all criteria are met for all loci. Even if it is not a Full profile, information on only the loci that met the criteria may be provided to the user. Also, it may be possible to provide a table or other output showing which criteria were or were not met for each locus.

 201. すべてのピーク強度のうち、CE検出系を飽和する(OSしている)ものが存在しないこと。OSしているピークが存在する場合は、そのピークまたは遺伝子座、または分析結果にOSフラグを付与してもいい。 201. None of the peak intensities should saturate (OS) the CE detection system. If any peaks are OS, the peak or locus or analytical results may be flagged as OS.

 202. すべての遺伝子座に1つ以上ATを上回るピークが存在すること。1つのピークも検出されていない遺伝子座が存在する場合、その遺伝子座または分析結果にDrop outフラグ(DO)フラグを付与してもいい。 202. All loci should have at least one peak above AT. If there are loci where no peaks are detected, the loci or analysis results may be flagged as Drop out (DO).

 203. ATを上回るピークが1つしかない場合は、そのピークがATの2倍以上の強度を有していること(もともと1つしか検出されない遺伝子、たとえば性染色体の遺伝子座は除く)。2倍以上の強度が無い場合は、そのピーク、または遺伝子座、または分析結果にInconclusive homozygousフラグが付与されるものとする(IHフラグ)。 203. If there is only one peak above AT, that peak should have an intensity at least twice that of AT (excluding genes that are uniquely detected, e.g. sex chromosome loci). If there is no intensity at least twice that of AT, the peak, locus, or analysis result will be flagged as inconclusive homozygous (IH flag).

 204.メインピークに対して±1塩基分ずれたところに存在するピーク強度が、メインピークの強度に対してピーク比率が1%または5%または10%または20%または40%で設定されたIPATを超えていないこと。超えている場合は、そのピークまたは遺伝子座、または分析結果に対してIPAの強度が強いことを示すフラグが付与されるものとする(IPA-、またはIPA++フラグ)。 204. The intensity of the peaks present at ±1 base offset from the main peak must not exceed the IPAT, which is set at a peak ratio of 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, or 40% of the intensity of the main peak. If it does exceed the IPAT, a flag indicating that the IPA intensity is high for that peak, locus, or analytical result (IPA- or IPA++ flag) will be assigned.

 205. 検出されたピークのすべてが、DNA型に帰属できるDNA鎖長に存在していること。帰属されなく、かつIPAに該当しない場合はOff ladder(OL)のピークであると認定され、そのピークまたは遺伝子座、または分析結果に対してOLフラグが付与されるものとする。ただし、スタターピークの位置に出現するピークはOLの判定対象にはしなくてもいい。 205. All detected peaks must be at DNA chain lengths that can be assigned to a DNA type. If a peak cannot be assigned and does not fall under IPA, it will be recognized as an Off Ladder (OL) peak, and an OL flag will be assigned to the peak, locus, or analytical result. However, peaks that appear at the position of a stutter peak do not need to be considered for OL judgment.

 206. 1つの遺伝子座につき、3つ以上(1つしか存在しないはずの遺伝子座については2つ以上)のピークが検出されないこと。検出されている場合、3番目に高い強度を有するピークが、2番目に高いピークに対して1%以下、または5%以下、または10%以下、または20%以下、または40%以下の強度であること。3番目に高い強度のピークの、2番目に高いピークに対する強度の比率が閾値を超える場合、サンプルに含まれるDNAは2人以上に由来すると判定されてMixフラグが立ってもいい。ただし、1番または2番のスタターピークが出現する位置に3番目に強い強度を有するピークがくる場合は、スタターピークであると判定される場合があってもいい。スタターピーク位置に、メインのピークに対して1%以下または、5%以下、または10%以下、15%以下、20%以下、40%以下の強度でピークが出現している場合はスタターと判定してMixフラグを立てないようにしてもいい。スタターピークになり得る位置にピークが存在しており、その強度がスタターピークの許容範囲の閾値を超えている場合は、Mixである可能性があるため、Mixのフラグが立ってもいい。また、スタターピークが出現しないはずの位置に3番目に高い強度を有するピークの強度が、閾値を超える場合はMixのフラグが立ってもいい。同様の判定は、4番目、5番目以降の強度を有するピークに対して実施されてもいい。 206. Three or more peaks should not be detected per locus (two or more for loci where only one should exist). If detected, the third-highest peak should be 1% or less, 5% or less, 10% or less, 20% or less, or 40% or less intense than the second-highest peak. If the ratio of the intensity of the third-highest peak to the intensity of the second-highest peak exceeds a threshold, the DNA contained in the sample may be determined to be from two or more individuals and a Mix flag may be set. However, if the third-highest peak occurs at the position where the first or second stutter peak appears, it may be determined to be a stutter peak. If a peak appears at the stutter peak position with an intensity of 1% or less, 5% or less, 10% or less, 15% or less, 20% or less, or 40% or less intense than the main peak, it may be determined to be a stutter and a Mix flag may not be set. If a peak exists at a position that could be a stutter peak, and its intensity exceeds the threshold of the acceptable range for stutter peaks, it may be a Mix, so a Mix flag may be set. Also, if the intensity of the peak with the third highest intensity in a position where a stutter peak should not appear exceeds the threshold, a Mix flag may be set. A similar determination may be made for peaks with the fourth, fifth, and subsequent intensities.

 207. 2つ以上のピークが検出されており、2番目の強度を有するピークが1番目のピーク強度の1%以上または5%以上または10%以上であり、かつ60%以下または40%以下または20%以下である場合は、PHRが悪いと判定され、PHRフラグが付与されてもいい。 207. If two or more peaks are detected and the peak with the second highest intensity is 1% or more, 5% or more, or 10% or more than the intensity of the first peak, but 60% or less, 40% or less, or 20% or less, the PHR is determined to be poor and a PHR flag may be assigned.

 PHRが悪くなるのはPCRに回されたDNA量が0.6ngまたは0.3ngまたは0.15ngまたは0.075ngを下回った場合である。たとえば、CE分析でIPCの強度またはPCRサイクル数とピークの強度から、おおよそのDNA量を推定したときに、PCRに回されたDNA量が前述のDNA量を上回っているにもかかわらず、PHRが閾値を超えない場合は、得られたDNAプロファイルがミックスサンプルに由来すると判定されてもいい。  PHR becomes poor when the amount of DNA sent to PCR falls below 0.6ng, 0.3ng, 0.15ng, or 0.075ng. For example, when the approximate amount of DNA is estimated from the IPC intensity or the PCR cycle number and peak intensity in CE analysis, if the amount of DNA sent to PCR exceeds the aforementioned DNA amount but the PHR does not exceed the threshold, it may be determined that the obtained DNA profile is derived from a mixed sample.

 IPAフラグを与えるピークは、OLフラグも与えるため、判定基準205が204を兼ねていてもよく、すなわちIPAフラグはOLフラグを包含してもよい。 A peak that gives an IPA flag also gives an OL flag, so the criterion 205 may also serve as 204, i.e., the IPA flag may include the OL flag.

 上記いずれのフラグも付与されない場合には、Full profileが得られる。Full profileが得られない場合は、専門家によるレビューが要求されてもいい。この場合、DNA鑑定が完了するまでの時間が長引く可能性がある。そのため、適切なサイクル数を設定することで、Full profileになる確率を高める必要がある。また、もともとサンプルがミックスになっている場合、量が少ない場合、PCR阻害物質が多い場合、Full profileを得られないが、すべての遺伝子座が正常に検出されていない場合、等であっても、5以上、または10以上の遺伝子座が検出されている場合は、犯罪捜査に役立てることができる。このようなDNAプロファイルはPartial profileと呼ばれる。得られる遺伝子座の情報は多いほど犯罪捜査に役立つ。すなわち、Partial profileになるような状況であっても、できるだけ多くのピークが検出できるように分析プロトコル、特にPCRサイクル数を設定する必要がある。特に、ミックサンプルの場合やDNA量が少ない場合、電気泳動図は201、205、206、を満たしつつ(すなわちこれらのフラグが付与されず)、なるべく多くのピークが検出できるように、プロトコル、特にPCRサイクル数を設定する必要がある。 If none of the above flags are given, a full profile will be obtained. If a full profile cannot be obtained, an expert review may be requested. In this case, it may take longer to complete the DNA analysis. Therefore, it is necessary to increase the probability of obtaining a full profile by setting an appropriate number of cycles. Also, if the sample is originally mixed, the amount is small, there is a lot of PCR inhibitors, a full profile cannot be obtained but not all loci are detected normally, etc., it can be useful in criminal investigations if 5 or more or 10 or more loci are detected. Such a DNA profile is called a partial profile. The more information on loci obtained, the more useful it is for criminal investigations. In other words, even in a situation where a partial profile is obtained, the analysis protocol, especially the number of PCR cycles, must be set so that as many peaks as possible can be detected. In particular, in the case of a mixed sample or a small amount of DNA, the protocol, especially the number of PCR cycles, must be set so that as many peaks as possible can be detected while the electropherogram satisfies 201, 205, and 206 (i.e., these flags are not given).

 DOの原因が、PCR反応に投入されたDNAに該当アレルが含まれていなかったために、生じているのか、PCRサイクル数が少なくて生じているのかを確認できるようにスレショルドを設定してもいい。例えば、ATを上回るピークが1つもない遺伝子座がある場合に、全体の増幅産物の中でATの10倍以上となるピークが存在する場合、サンプルに起因するDOであると判定してよく、そうでない場合は、PCRサイクル数が少ないために生じているのか、サンプルに起因するのか起因できないものと判定してもいい。本判定は、PCRサイクル数を増やした分析をするべきか判定するための材料になりうる。 A threshold may be set to determine whether DO is due to the absence of the relevant allele in the DNA input to the PCR reaction, or due to a low number of PCR cycles. For example, if there is a locus with no peaks above AT, and there is a peak in the entire amplified product that is 10 times higher than AT, it may be determined that the DO is due to the sample; if not, it may be determined that the DO is due to a low number of PCR cycles, or that it cannot be due to the sample. This determination can be used to determine whether an analysis with an increased number of PCR cycles should be performed.

[分析範囲について]
 STR-CEを実施する際、強度が変動する要因として以下が挙げられる:(1)PCR反応液に含まれる塩や注入阻害になる物質の濃度変動、(2)泳動試薬とPCR反応液の混合比率、(3)増幅効率、(4)泳動試薬の劣化やDenatureが不完全、(5)泳動部の温度ばらつき、(6)電解注入時のばらつき、(7)キャピラリ間・キャピラリアレイ間のばらつき、(8)検出部の検出強度ばらつき。
[About the scope of analysis]
When performing STR-CE, factors that can cause intensity variations include: (1) variations in the concentration of salts and injection-inhibiting substances contained in the PCR reaction solution, (2) the mixing ratio of the electrophoresis reagent and the PCR reaction solution, (3) amplification efficiency, (4) deterioration of the electrophoresis reagent or incomplete denaturation, (5) temperature variations in the electrophoresis area, (6) variations during electrolytic injection, (7) variations between capillaries and capillary arrays, and (8) detection intensity variations in the detection area.

 以下では、CEのダイナミックレンジとは、各種CE装置に設定されたマニュアル等に記載されているダイナミックレンジでもよく、実際にCEに投入するアンプリコン量に対してリニアに信号が得られる最小のアンプリコン量に対する最大のアンプリコン量の比でもよく、信号強度からCEに投入するアンプリコン量の相対比を帰属できる最小のアンプリコン量に対する最大のアンプリコンでもよく、任意の分析下限に対する任意の分析上限の比率でもいい。ATに対するOTの比率でもいい。測定毎に変動してもいい。 In the following, the dynamic range of CE may be the dynamic range described in the manuals set for various CE devices, or it may be the ratio of the maximum amount of amplicon to the minimum amount of amplicon that gives a linear signal relative to the amount of amplicon actually input into CE, or it may be the maximum amount of amplicon to the minimum amount of amplicon that allows the relative ratio of the amount of amplicon input into CE to be assigned from the signal intensity, or it may be the ratio of an arbitrary upper analytical limit to an arbitrary lower analytical limit. It may also be the ratio of OT to AT. It may vary for each measurement.

 以下では、STR-CEの分析範囲は、特に限定が無ければ、単にCEのダイナミックレンジに対応していてもよく、実際に実験でPCRに入れるDNA量を変えて実験を行い特定のアレルが正しく検出できるDNA量を調べてもよく、実際に実験でPCRに入れるDNA量を変えて実験を行い特定のアレルセットが正しく検出できるDNA量を調べてもよく、そのようなDNA量の範囲を異なる複数の個人に対して実験で調べて平均または最小または最大の範囲を分析範囲としてもいい。CE測定に供されるDNA量は、おおむねSTR-PCRに入れたDNA量に比例することが多いが、CE注入効率のDNA濃度依存や、PCR増幅効率のDNA濃度依存およびサイクル数依存があるため、つねに比例するとは限らない。また、PCRのサイクル数を変えた際に、STR-CEの分析範囲は大きく変動しないことが大半であるが、特にDNA量を減らしていくとStochastic effect(増幅したい遺伝子座に対応するDNA量が投入したDNA量に比例しなくなる、確率的効果)が生じるためずれていくことがあり得る。そのため、真のSTR-CEの分析範囲は、上記の検討をサイクル毎に行うことが望ましく、そのような検討を経て設定されたサイクルごとの分析範囲もSTR-CEの分析範囲の一種であるものとする。ただし、すべて実験で確認するのは多量の労力が必要なので、一部は計算で置き換えられてもいい。 In the following, unless otherwise specified, the analytical range of STR-CE may simply correspond to the dynamic range of CE, or may be an experiment in which the amount of DNA put into PCR is changed to examine the amount of DNA at which a specific allele can be correctly detected, or may be an experiment in which the amount of DNA put into PCR is changed to examine the amount of DNA at which a specific allele set can be correctly detected, or such a range of DNA amounts may be examined in experiments for multiple different individuals, and the average, minimum, or maximum range may be used as the analytical range. The amount of DNA used for CE measurement is generally proportional to the amount of DNA put into STR-PCR, but this is not always the case because the CE injection efficiency depends on the DNA concentration, and the PCR amplification efficiency depends on the DNA concentration and the number of cycles. In addition, when the number of PCR cycles is changed, the analytical range of STR-CE does not change significantly in most cases, but it may deviate, especially when the amount of DNA is reduced, due to the occurrence of a stochastic effect (a stochastic effect in which the amount of DNA corresponding to the locus to be amplified is no longer proportional to the amount of DNA input). Therefore, it is desirable to carry out the above examination for each cycle to determine the true STR-CE analysis range, and the analysis range for each cycle determined through such examination is also considered to be a type of STR-CE analysis range. However, since it would require a great deal of effort to confirm everything through experiments, some of it may be replaced by calculation.

 CEのダイナミックレンジやSTR-CEの分析範囲は上記で挙げた(1)~(8)のばらつきを加味して評価してもいい。 The dynamic range of CE and the analytical range of STR-CE may be evaluated taking into account the variability of (1) to (8) listed above.

 設定する閾値を変更することで、分析範囲を広げることも、狭めることもできる。ただし分析範囲を広げようとすると、精度が低下するという代償が発生する可能性がある。機械学習等の方法でアーティファクトと真のピークの切り分けをより確実にできる場合、閾値を分析範囲が広がる方向に変更できる。 By changing the threshold you set, you can widen or narrow the analysis range. However, trying to widen the analysis range can come at the expense of reduced accuracy. If you can more reliably distinguish between artifacts and true peaks using methods such as machine learning, you can change the threshold to widen the analysis range.

 以下では、分析システムの分析範囲とは、たとえば、分析システムに投入されたDNAサンプルに対して、正しくDNA分析が実施できる、サンプルに含まれるDNA量の範囲のことを指す。分析範囲を拡大するには、STR-CEの分析範囲を拡大するか、STR-CEに投入されるDNA量をコントロールすることが必要である。STR-CEの分析範囲を拡大する際は、CEのダイナミックレンジと感度を向上させるか、STR-CEのばらつきを小さくするか、複数サイクルの増幅産物を準備するか、溶出液を異なる希釈率で準備してそれぞれSTR-CEに供するか、等が可能である。STR-CEに投入されるDNA量をコントロールする際は、精製膜で処理できるDNA量の上限をカットオフできるように精製膜の体積を小さくするか目を粗くしてもよく、精製後に定量して希釈率を変えてもいい。 In the following, the analytical range of an analytical system refers to, for example, the range of DNA contained in a sample that allows DNA analysis to be performed correctly for a DNA sample input into the analytical system. To expand the analytical range, it is necessary to either expand the analytical range of STR-CE or control the amount of DNA input into STR-CE. When expanding the analytical range of STR-CE, it is possible to improve the dynamic range and sensitivity of CE, reduce the variability of STR-CE, prepare multiple cycles of amplification products, prepare eluates with different dilution rates and subject each to STR-CE, etc. When controlling the amount of DNA input into STR-CE, the volume or mesh of the purification membrane can be reduced so that the upper limit of the amount of DNA that can be processed by the purification membrane can be cut off, or the dilution rate can be changed by quantifying after purification.

《分割PCR向け分析システムとその動作例》 《Analysis system for split PCR and its operation example》

〔分析システム〕
[一般的な分析システムの構成例]
 図3は、分析システム101の一例を示す。図4は分析システム101の動作手順の一例を示す。生体分子分析装置には、生体分子分析を実施するためのコンピュータ102と、流路デバイス104が備えられている。
[Analysis System]
[Example of a typical analysis system configuration]
Fig. 3 shows an example of the analysis system 101. Fig. 4 shows an example of the operation procedure of the analysis system 101. The biomolecule analyzer includes a computer 102 for performing biomolecule analysis, and a flow path device 104.

 流路デバイス104には採取したサンプルを導入し溶解するための溶解チャンバ301と、精製膜302が格納された精製膜チャンバ303と、DNAの増幅などを行うPCRチャンバ304(サーマルサイクルを実施するPCRチャンバ)と、廃液チャンバ305が存在する。デバイスの外と流体的に接続された外部接続口306が存在する。溶液の搬送は外部接続口306を介して行われ、デバイスの外と試薬や増幅産物などのやり取りを行うことができる。分析システム101にて溶液を搬送する際は、ポンプおよびバルブ307を用いて送液をコントロールしてもいい。ポンプおよびバルブ307はすべて流路デバイス外に備えられていてもよく、一部が流路デバイス104内に備えられていてもいい。また、PCR試薬貯留部308にはPCR反応に必要なPCR試薬309(ポリメラーゼ、Primer、dNTP、バッファーなど)が備えられており、泳動試薬貯留部310には泳動試薬311が備えられていてもいい。また、そのほか前処理に必要な試薬を保管するための試薬貯留部312、313、314が含まれている。サンプル投入ステップ401において、サンプルが溶解チャンバ301に格納される前後に、試薬貯留部312から溶解バッファーが溶解チャンバ301に搬送される。次に、溶解ステップ402において溶解が開始する。精製ステップ403において、溶解産物は溶解チャンバ301から精製膜チャンバ303に送られ、DNAを精製膜302に結合させ、試薬貯留部313から洗浄液が放出され、精製が行われる。精製後に、洗浄液などを乾燥させるステップが入ってもよい。試薬貯留部314から溶出液を放出して、精製膜チャンバ303から溶出したDNAがPCRチャンバ304に搬送される。PCR試薬貯留部308からPCRチャンバ304にPCR試薬が搬送され、溶出されたDNAと混合される。増幅ステップ404において、PCRチャンバ304にて精製されたDNAはPCR試薬309と混合され、PCR反応に供される。検出ステップ405において増幅されたDNAは泳動試薬貯留部310に貯留されている泳動試薬311と混合され、CE部105にて計測が実施される。 The flow path device 104 includes a dissolution chamber 301 for introducing and dissolving the collected sample, a purification membrane chamber 303 containing a purification membrane 302, a PCR chamber 304 (a PCR chamber for performing a thermal cycle) for amplifying DNA, and a waste liquid chamber 305. An external connection port 306 is provided that is fluidically connected to the outside of the device. The solution is transported through the external connection port 306, and reagents, amplified products, etc. can be exchanged with the outside of the device. When transporting the solution in the analysis system 101, the liquid transfer may be controlled using a pump and valve 307. The pump and valve 307 may all be provided outside the flow path device, or some of them may be provided inside the flow path device 104. In addition, the PCR reagent storage section 308 may be provided with PCR reagents 309 (polymerase, primer, dNTP, buffer, etc.) required for the PCR reaction, and the migration reagent storage section 310 may be provided with migration reagent 311. In addition, the chamber includes reagent reservoirs 312, 313, and 314 for storing reagents necessary for pretreatment. In a sample input step 401, before and after the sample is stored in the lysis chamber 301, a lysis buffer is transported from the reagent reservoir 312 to the lysis chamber 301. Next, lysis begins in a lysis step 402. In a purification step 403, the lysis product is transported from the lysis chamber 301 to the purification membrane chamber 303, where the DNA is bound to the purification membrane 302, and a cleaning solution is released from the reagent reservoir 313, and purification is performed. After purification, a step of drying the cleaning solution and the like may be included. An elution solution is released from the reagent reservoir 314, and the DNA eluted from the purification membrane chamber 303 is transported to the PCR chamber 304. A PCR reagent is transported from the PCR reagent reservoir 308 to the PCR chamber 304 and mixed with the eluted DNA. In an amplification step 404, the purified DNA in the PCR chamber 304 is mixed with a PCR reagent 309 and subjected to a PCR reaction. In the detection step 405, the amplified DNA is mixed with the migration reagent 311 stored in the migration reagent storage section 310, and measurement is performed in the CE section 105.

 泳動試薬とPCR反応液を混合したのちに、CE分析する前に、80~100℃で加熱して、0℃~10℃に急冷するステップを設けてもいい。本ステップを設けることにより、DNAをより完全に一本鎖化し、高精度なCE分析を実現する。 After mixing the electrophoresis reagent and the PCR reaction solution, a step can be added in which the mixture is heated to 80-100°C and then rapidly cooled to 0-10°C before CE analysis. By adding this step, the DNA is more completely converted into single strands, enabling highly accurate CE analysis.

[本実施形態に用いられる分析システムの例]
 図5に本実施形態の分析システム101の概略(図5(1))と動作手順の例(図5(2))を示す。動作ステップ501~507は増幅ステップ404および検出ステップ405に相当していてもいい。
[Example of analysis system used in this embodiment]
5 shows an outline of the analysis system 101 of this embodiment (FIG. 5(1)) and an example of an operation procedure (FIG. 5(2)). Operation steps 501 to 507 may correspond to the amplification step 404 and the detection step 405.

 図5(1)のように本実施形態の分析システム101では、流路デバイス104とCE部105を有しており、流路デバイスにはPCRチャンバ304が備えられている。また、分析システム101には分注チャンバ320が備えられている。分注チャンバ320には、PCR反応液または泳動サンプルが送り込まれる。ただし、分注チャンバ320は省略されていてもいい。それぞれの要素が流路315、316で接続されている。 As shown in FIG. 5(1), the analysis system 101 of this embodiment has a flow path device 104 and a CE section 105, and the flow path device is equipped with a PCR chamber 304. The analysis system 101 also has a dispensing chamber 320. A PCR reaction solution or an electrophoresis sample is sent to the dispensing chamber 320. However, the dispensing chamber 320 may be omitted. Each element is connected by flow paths 315, 316.

 図5(2)のように、分析システム101はステップ501にてPCR反応液を準備し、ステップ502にてPCRチャンバ304にてm回のPCRサイクルを実施したのちに、ステップ503にて増幅産物の一部を組成を変えずにPCRチャンバ304からPCR反応液mを取り出し、ステップ504にてCE部105にて泳動サンプルmについてCE測定し、ステップ505にてPCRチャンバ304残されたPCR反応液mに対してn-m回サーマルサイクルし、PCR反応液nを得る。ステップ506にてPCR反応液nの一部を組成を変えずにPCRチャンバ304から取り出し、ステップ507にてCE部105にて泳動サンプルnのCE測定をする。 As shown in FIG. 5(2), the analysis system 101 prepares a PCR reaction solution in step 501, performs m PCR cycles in the PCR chamber 304 in step 502, and then removes a portion of the amplified product from the PCR chamber 304 as PCR reaction solution m without changing its composition in step 503, performs CE measurement on the electrophoresis sample m in the CE unit 105 in step 504, and performs thermal cycling n-m times on the PCR reaction solution m remaining in the PCR chamber 304 in step 505 to obtain a PCR reaction solution n. In step 506, a portion of the PCR reaction solution n is removed from the PCR chamber 304 without changing its composition, and performs CE measurement on the electrophoresis sample n in the CE unit 105 in step 507.

 ステップ506の分注ステップを省略して、ステップ507にてnサイクルの増幅産物全てを泳動試薬と混合してもいい。 The dispensing step in step 506 may be omitted, and all of the amplification products from n cycles may be mixed with the electrophoresis reagent in step 507.

 ステップ503から505を複数回繰り返して、分割数を3回、4回、またはそれ以上に増やしてもいい。 Steps 503 to 505 can be repeated multiple times to increase the number of divisions to three, four, or more.

 ステップ504と507は同時に実施されてもよく、504のあとに507を実施してもいい。504のあとに507を実施することで、504の結果に応じて505の設定を変えることができる。 Steps 504 and 507 may be performed simultaneously, or 507 may be performed after 504. By performing 507 after 504, the setting of 505 can be changed depending on the result of 504.

 ステップ503が終わったら直ちに505を開始してもいい。502と505の間の時間が短いため、アーティファクトの発生を抑制できる。また、504が終わるタイミングに合わせて507が開始できるように505と506の実施タイミングを設定してもいい。 You can start step 505 immediately after step 503 is finished. Because the time between 502 and 505 is short, the occurrence of artifacts can be suppressed. You can also set the execution timing of 505 and 506 so that 507 starts at the same time as 504 ends.

[本発明の実施に用いられる分析システムの派生例]
 図6のように分析システム101はPCRチャンバ304内でサーマルサイクルするための加熱部317、318(温調・加熱機構)が付いていてもいい。PCRチャンバ304には流路319と流路315が接続されており、試薬の供給や圧力の制御を受けてもいい。図6のように分析システム101は、流路デバイスやCE測定など各種ステップ適した溶液搬送を実施するためのポンプおよびバルブ307を備えていてもいい。図6のように分析システム101は、コンピュータ102を備えていてもよく、コンピュータは、ポンプおよびバルブ307の制御、CE測定の制御、温調制御、CE部105や加熱部317、318等から得られたデータを分析してフィードバックする機能、ユーザに提供する機能、等を備えていてもいい。流路デバイスには分注チャンバ320が備えられていてもよい。分注チャンバ320は、m回のサーマルサイクルが完了したタイミングで、増幅産物の一部を組成を変えずにPCRチャンバ304から取り出す機能を有する。分注チャンバ320は、PCR反応液mまたはnを規定量取り出すための計量機能を備えていてもいい。分注チャンバ320にPCR反応液を送り込む際は、分注チャンバ320がPCR反応液を吸い上げてもよく、加圧によってPCR反応液が分注チャンバ320に送り込まれてもいい。また、分注チャンバ320は単にPCR反応液を一時的に溜めるためだけに備えられていてもよく、計量機能が付与されていなくてもいい。分注チャンバ320は流路デバイス104の外に備えられていてもいい。
[Examples of derivatives of the analysis system used in the practice of the present invention]
As shown in FIG. 6, the analysis system 101 may be equipped with heating units 317 and 318 (temperature control/heating mechanism) for performing thermal cycling in the PCR chamber 304. A flow path 319 and a flow path 315 are connected to the PCR chamber 304, and the supply of reagents and pressure may be controlled. As shown in FIG. 6, the analysis system 101 may be equipped with a pump and valve 307 for performing solution transport suitable for various steps such as a flow path device and CE measurement. As shown in FIG. 6, the analysis system 101 may be equipped with a computer 102, which may be equipped with a function of controlling the pump and valve 307, controlling the CE measurement, controlling temperature, analyzing data obtained from the CE unit 105 and the heating units 317 and 318, feeding back the data, providing the data to the user, and the like. The flow path device may be equipped with a dispensing chamber 320. The dispensing chamber 320 has a function of taking out a part of the amplified product from the PCR chamber 304 without changing the composition at the timing when m thermal cycles are completed. The dispensing chamber 320 may have a measuring function for extracting a specified amount of the PCR reaction liquid m or n. When the PCR reaction liquid is sent to the dispensing chamber 320, the dispensing chamber 320 may suck up the PCR reaction liquid, or the PCR reaction liquid may be sent to the dispensing chamber 320 by pressurization. In addition, the dispensing chamber 320 may be provided simply to temporarily store the PCR reaction liquid, and may not have a measuring function. The dispensing chamber 320 may be provided outside the flow path device 104.

 PCR反応液mは、CE測定するまでの間、分注チャンバ320内に待機される時間があってもいい。分注チャンバ320にて、泳動試薬(ホルムアミドやサイズスタンダード)と混合されてもいい。すなわち、分析システム101は、反応液(たとえば、PCR反応液mの一部およびPCR反応液の少なくとも一部の少なくとも一方)を、複数種のDNA断片を含む溶液と混合する。これによって、サイズスタンダードのピークの高さを基準として濃度を測定することができる。 The PCR reaction solution m may wait in the dispensing chamber 320 for a period of time until CE measurement. In the dispensing chamber 320, it may be mixed with electrophoresis reagents (formamide and size standards). That is, the analysis system 101 mixes the reaction solution (for example, at least one of a portion of the PCR reaction solution m and at least a portion of the PCR reaction solution) with a solution containing multiple types of DNA fragments. This allows the concentration to be measured based on the peak height of the size standard.

 図6のように分析システム101はCE部105とPCR部の間に、待機部321を有していてもいい。待機部321では、ステップ506から507または503から504にかけてPCR反応液やPCR反応液とホルムアミドを混合した泳動サンプルを一時的に保持してもいい。図6(および以降の図面も含めて)の流路デバイスは縦向きに、すなわち流路の主な部分または流路の少なくとも一部が重力の向きと並行になるように、配置されてもいい。流路デバイスの一形態では、図面の下側が重力方向で下向きになって使われている。縦向きに使うことで、各チャンバ内の気泡/混入した空気がチャンバの上部に溜まるため、次のチャンバ/流路に搬送する際は溶液を下から取り出すことで、空気の次のステップへの混入を最小限にすることができる。 As shown in FIG. 6, the analysis system 101 may have a waiting section 321 between the CE section 105 and the PCR section. The waiting section 321 may temporarily hold the PCR reaction solution or the electrophoretic sample in which the PCR reaction solution and formamide are mixed from step 506 to 507 or from 503 to 504. The flow path device in FIG. 6 (and the following figures) may be arranged vertically, that is, so that the main part of the flow path or at least a part of the flow path is parallel to the direction of gravity. In one form of the flow path device, the bottom side of the figure is used facing downward in the direction of gravity. By using it vertically, air bubbles/mixed air in each chamber accumulate at the top of the chamber, so that when transporting to the next chamber/flow path, the solution is removed from the bottom, minimizing the mixing of air into the next step.

 流路デバイスについて、以下のような変形を施すことができる。 The flow path device can be modified as follows:

 図6のように本実施形態の分析システム101の一形態では、流路デバイスの中にCE部105を有している。また、図7のように分析システム101の一形態では、流路デバイスの中にポンプおよびバルブ307を有している。なお、光学系は流路デバイスの外でも、分析システム101内部に配置されていてもいい。 As shown in FIG. 6, one embodiment of the analysis system 101 of this embodiment has a CE section 105 in the flow path device. Also, as shown in FIG. 7, one embodiment of the analysis system 101 has a pump and valve 307 in the flow path device. Note that the optical system may be located outside the flow path device or inside the analysis system 101.

〔流路デバイス〕
 図8のように、流路デバイス104は分析システム101と外部接続口306を介して、溶液のやり取りおよび空気圧の制御を受けてもいい。外部接続口306から流路322を介して圧力を印加し、分注チャンバ320からPCR産物または泳動サンプルを送り出してもいい。流路デバイスの中にはバルブ323、324、325、326が備えられており、分析ステップに応じて開閉する。
[Flow Channel Device]
8, the flow channel device 104 may receive control of the exchange of solutions and air pressure with the analysis system 101 via an external connection port 306. Pressure may be applied from the external connection port 306 via a flow channel 322 to send out a PCR product or an electrophoresis sample from a dispensing chamber 320. Valves 323, 324, 325, and 326 are provided in the flow channel device, and are opened and closed according to the analysis step.

 図9のように、流路デバイスは分注チャンバ320と外部接続口306の間に混合チャンバ327を備えていてもいい。混合チャンバ327にて、分注チャンバ320のPCR反応液と泳動試薬を混合してもいい。混合チャンバ327は、流路328で分注チャンバ320と接続されていてもいい。混合チャンバ327は、流路デバイスの外、分析システム101内部に備えられていてもよく、場合によっては待機部321がその役割を担ってもいい。混合チャンバ327には流路329が接続されており、流路329に圧力をかけることで混合チャンバ327に気泡を送り込み攪拌してもよく、CE部105に泳動サンプルを送り込んでもいい。 As shown in FIG. 9, the flow path device may include a mixing chamber 327 between the dispensing chamber 320 and the external connection port 306. The PCR reaction solution in the dispensing chamber 320 may be mixed with the electrophoresis reagent in the mixing chamber 327. The mixing chamber 327 may be connected to the dispensing chamber 320 by a flow path 328. The mixing chamber 327 may be provided outside the flow path device, inside the analysis system 101, and in some cases, the standby unit 321 may take on this role. A flow path 329 is connected to the mixing chamber 327, and air bubbles may be sent into the mixing chamber 327 for mixing by applying pressure to the flow path 329, or the electrophoresis sample may be sent to the CE unit 105.

 図9のように、PCRチャンバ304は3つの流路319、315、330を備えていてもいい。流路319はサンプルの上流側に、流路315は分注チャンバ320に、流路330は混合チャンバ327に接続されていてもいい。PCRチャンバ304から取り出されたPCR反応液mは分注チャンバ320を経由して混合チャンバ327へ搬送され、PCRチャンバ304から取り出されたPCR反応液nは分注チャンバ320を経由せずに流路330を経由して混合チャンバ327に搬送されてもいい。PCR反応液mとPCR反応液nが別のパスを通るため、液残りに由来する再現性の低下を抑制することができる。また、反応液nは計量し、反応液mは計量せず全量を混合チャンバ327やCE部105に搬送する場合、反応液mを分注チャンバ320に搬送する必要が無いため、本流路デバイス構造のほうが簡便に分割PCRを実施できる。 As shown in FIG. 9, the PCR chamber 304 may have three flow paths 319, 315, and 330. The flow path 319 may be connected to the upstream side of the sample, the flow path 315 to the dispensing chamber 320, and the flow path 330 to the mixing chamber 327. The PCR reaction liquid m taken out from the PCR chamber 304 may be transported to the mixing chamber 327 via the dispensing chamber 320, and the PCR reaction liquid n taken out from the PCR chamber 304 may be transported to the mixing chamber 327 via the flow path 330 without passing through the dispensing chamber 320. Since the PCR reaction liquid m and the PCR reaction liquid n pass through different paths, it is possible to suppress the decrease in reproducibility caused by the remaining liquid. In addition, when the reaction liquid n is measured and the reaction liquid m is not measured and the entire amount is transported to the mixing chamber 327 or the CE unit 105, there is no need to transport the reaction liquid m to the dispensing chamber 320, so this flow path device structure makes it easier to perform split PCR.

 PCR反応液mも計量する場合、PCR反応液nに使用する分注チャンバ320とは別にもう一つ分注チャンバを設けてもいい。 If PCR reaction liquid m is also to be measured, another dispensing chamber may be provided in addition to the dispensing chamber 320 used for PCR reaction liquid n.

 流路デバイス104は図10のように、泳動試薬(ホルムアミド・DNA断片・純水など)を保管する泳動試薬貯留部310、331を備えていてもいい。泳動試薬貯留部310、331は流路315上にあってもよく、流路319上にあってもいい。試薬貯留部は図10のように1種の試薬につき2つ以上に貯留部が分かれていてもいい。2つに分けることによって、分割時にそれぞれ規定量の試薬を放出することができる。もしくは、貯留部から放出される液量を制御し1つの試薬貯留部から2回以上に分けて試薬が放出されてもいい。図10のように流路デバイス104は空気貯留部332、333を備えていてもいい。空気貯留部332、333は流路315上にあってもよく、流路319上にあってもいい。分割時に、空気貯留部332または333から規定量の空気を放出することにより、規定量のPCR反応液をPCRチャンバ304の外に搬送することができる。本流路デバイス構成の場合は、分注チャンバ320が省略されていても分割PCRを実施することが可能である。本流路デバイス構成の場合は、分注チャンバ320を混合チャンバ327が兼ねていてもいい。空気貯留部332または333には空気ではなく、オイルなどPCR反応に影響が出ない液体を入れてもいい。空気貯留部332または333にはPCR反応液を入れて、押し出したPCR液に相当する体積のPCR反応液が新しく補充されてもいい。 As shown in FIG. 10, the flow path device 104 may have electrophoretic reagent storage sections 310 and 331 for storing electrophoretic reagents (formamide, DNA fragments, pure water, etc.). The electrophoretic reagent storage sections 310 and 331 may be located on the flow path 315 or on the flow path 319. The reagent storage section may be divided into two or more storage sections for one type of reagent as shown in FIG. 10. By dividing into two, a specified amount of reagent can be released from each storage section at the time of division. Alternatively, the amount of liquid released from the storage section may be controlled so that the reagent can be released in two or more separate times from one reagent storage section. As shown in FIG. 10, the flow path device 104 may have air storage sections 332 and 333. The air storage sections 332 and 333 may be located on the flow path 315 or on the flow path 319. By releasing a specified amount of air from the air storage section 332 or 333 at the time of division, a specified amount of PCR reaction liquid can be transported outside the PCR chamber 304. In the case of this flow path device configuration, it is possible to perform split PCR even if dispensing chamber 320 is omitted. In the case of this flow path device configuration, mixing chamber 327 may also serve as dispensing chamber 320. Air reservoir 332 or 333 may contain a liquid that does not affect the PCR reaction, such as oil, instead of air. Air reservoir 332 or 333 may be filled with PCR reaction liquid, and the PCR reaction liquid may be newly replenished with a volume equivalent to the pushed-out PCR liquid.

 図11のように泳動試薬貯留部310と331は、それぞれPCRチャンバ304をまたいで対になる流路に備えられていてもいい。図11のように泳動試薬貯留部331は空気貯留部333よりもPCRチャンバ304寄りに設置されていることが好適である。なぜなら、流路319またはPCRチャンバ304内に溜まった泳動試薬311をすべて分注チャンバ320または混合チャンバ327に全量またはより多くの液を送り込むことができて、再現性の向上に寄与できるからである。図11のように流路デバイス104は流路315上で泳動試薬貯留部310よりもPCRチャンバ304寄りに空気貯留部334を備えていてもいい。空気貯留部334は分注チャンバ320内にある泳動サンプルmを混合チャンバ327またはCE部105に搬送するために用いられてもいい。空気貯留部334は流路322に置き換えられてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 11, the electrophoretic reagent reservoirs 310 and 331 may be provided in a pair of flow paths across the PCR chamber 304. As shown in FIG. 11, it is preferable that the electrophoretic reagent reservoir 331 is provided closer to the PCR chamber 304 than the air reservoir 333. This is because the electrophoretic reagent 311 stored in the flow path 319 or the PCR chamber 304 can be sent in its entirety or in a larger amount to the dispensing chamber 320 or the mixing chamber 327, which contributes to improving reproducibility. As shown in FIG. 11, the flow path device 104 may have an air reservoir 334 on the flow path 315 closer to the PCR chamber 304 than the electrophoretic reagent reservoir 310. The air reservoir 334 may be used to transport the electrophoretic sample m in the dispensing chamber 320 to the mixing chamber 327 or the CE section 105. The air reservoir 334 may be replaced with the flow path 322.

〔分割PCR実施方法の例〕
 本項では、分割PCRを流路デバイス104上で実施するための方法について述べる。随所で分注チャンバに言及するが、分注チャンバ/混合チャンバを使わずに直接CE部105に溶液を搬送してもいい。
[Example of split PCR method]
This section describes a method for performing split PCR on the flow path device 104. Although a dispensing chamber is mentioned in various places, a solution may be directly transported to the CE section 105 without using a dispensing chamber/mixing chamber.

 図12に流路デバイス104の一例を、図13に図12の流路デバイス上で分割PCRを実施するための搬送方法例を示す。なお図示の便宜上、一部の参照符号は図12に示し図13では省略する。 FIG. 12 shows an example of a flow path device 104, and FIG. 13 shows an example of a transport method for performing split PCR on the flow path device of FIG. 12. For ease of illustration, some reference numerals are shown in FIG. 12 but omitted in FIG. 13.

 ステップI:PCR反応液335を納めたPCRチャンバ304があり、バルブ326、323、325を閉めた状態でPCRチャンバ304にて、mサイクルPCR反応を行う。本ステップは、ステップ502に対応していてもいい。 Step I: There is a PCR chamber 304 containing a PCR reaction solution 335, and m cycles of PCR reaction are carried out in the PCR chamber 304 with valves 326, 323, and 325 closed. This step may correspond to step 502.

 このように、分析システム101は、PCRチャンバ304において、PCR反応液335に対しm回のサーマルサイクルを実施してPCR反応液m(第1反応液)を生成する。 In this way, the analysis system 101 performs m thermal cycles on the PCR reaction solution 335 in the PCR chamber 304 to generate PCR reaction solution m (first reaction solution).

 ステップII:mサイクルのPCR反応が終了したら、バルブ326と323を開放し、PCRチャンバ304の溶液の一部を分注チャンバ320に搬送する。本ステップはステップ503に対応していてもいい。 Step II: After m cycles of PCR reaction are completed, valves 326 and 323 are opened to transfer a portion of the solution in PCR chamber 304 to dispensing chamber 320. This step may correspond to step 503.

 このように、分析システム101は、PCR反応液mの一部を、組成を変えずにPCRチャンバ304から取り出す。ここで、分析システム101は、PCR反応液mの当該一部を、CE部105において電気泳動分析してもよい。 In this way, the analysis system 101 extracts a portion of the PCR reaction solution m from the PCR chamber 304 without changing the composition. Here, the analysis system 101 may perform electrophoretic analysis of the portion of the PCR reaction solution m in the CE unit 105.

 このように、流路デバイス104は開閉可能なバルブ326、323を有しており、m回のサーマルサイクルの開始前にバルブ326、323を閉じて、m回のサーマルサイクルの終了後にバルブ326、323を開放することにより、PCR反応液mの一部を分割して取り出す。このようにすると、分割処理を適切に実施することができる。 In this way, the flow path device 104 has valves 326, 323 that can be opened and closed, and a portion of the PCR reaction solution m is divided and removed by closing the valves 326, 323 before the start of m thermal cycles and opening the valves 326, 323 after the end of m thermal cycles. In this way, the division process can be carried out appropriately.

 ステップIII:バルブ323と326を閉めて泳動試薬貯留部310から泳動試薬311を押し出し、分注チャンバ320内に格納されたPCR反応液mを混合チャンバ327に搬送する。PCR反応液mは泳動試薬311と混合されることで泳動サンプル336になる。 Step III: Valves 323 and 326 are closed to push out migration reagent 311 from migration reagent reservoir 310, and PCR reaction solution m stored in dispensing chamber 320 is transported to mixing chamber 327. PCR reaction solution m is mixed with migration reagent 311 to become migration sample 336.

 ステップIV:バルブ325を開放し、混合チャンバ327内の泳動サンプルを流路デバイス104の外(分析システムの待機部321またはCE部105)に搬送する。本ステップはステップ504に対応していてもいい。 Step IV: Open the valve 325 and transport the electrophoretic sample in the mixing chamber 327 to the outside of the flow path device 104 (to the standby section 321 or CE section 105 of the analysis system). This step may correspond to step 504.

 ステップV:バルブ326を閉じ、n-m回サーマルサイクルを実行する。本ステップはステップ505に対応していてもいい。 Step V: Close valve 326 and perform thermal cycle n-m times. This step may correspond to step 505.

 このように、分析システム101は、PCRチャンバ304において、PCRチャンバ304に残されたPCR反応液mに対し、サーマルサイクルの合計回数がn回となるように、n-m回(ただしn-mは2以上の整数)のサーマルサイクルを実施してPCR反応液n(第2反応液)を生成する。 In this way, the analysis system 101 performs n-m thermal cycles (where n-m is an integer of 2 or greater) on the PCR reaction liquid m remaining in the PCR chamber 304 so that the total number of thermal cycles is n, to generate PCR reaction liquid n (second reaction liquid).

 ステップVI:合計n回のサーマルサイクルが完了したら、バルブ325を閉めて、バルブ326と323を開放し、PCR反応液nを混合チャンバ327に搬送する。 Step VI: After a total of n thermal cycles are completed, close valve 325, open valves 326 and 323, and transport PCR reaction solution n to mixing chamber 327.

 このように、分析システム101は、PCR反応液nの少なくとも一部を、組成を変えずにPCRチャンバ304から取り出す。 In this way, the analysis system 101 removes at least a portion of the PCR reaction solution n from the PCR chamber 304 without changing its composition.

 泳動試薬貯留部331から泳動試薬を押し出し、分注チャンバ320内に格納されたPCR反応液nを混合チャンバ327に搬送する。バルブ325を開けて、混合チャンバ内の泳動サンプルを流路デバイス104の外(分析システムの待機部321またはCE部105)に搬送する。本ステップはステップ507に対応していてもいい。 The migration reagent is pushed out from the migration reagent storage section 331, and the PCR reaction solution n stored in the dispensing chamber 320 is transported to the mixing chamber 327. The valve 325 is opened, and the migration sample in the mixing chamber is transported outside the flow path device 104 (to the standby section 321 or CE section 105 of the analysis system). This step may correspond to step 507.

 分析システム101は、PCR反応液nの当該少なくとも一部を、CE部105において電気泳動分析してもよい。 The analysis system 101 may perform electrophoretic analysis of at least a portion of the PCR reaction solution n in the CE section 105.

〔分割PCR実施方法のそのほかの例〕
 図14に分割PCRの分析プロセスを、図15に流路デバイス104の一例を、図16に図15のm=24サイクルとn=30サイクルでPCR反応液を分割する搬送方法の例を示す。なお図示の便宜上、一部の参照符号は図15に示し図16では省略する。
[Other examples of split PCR implementation methods]
Fig. 14 shows the analysis process of split PCR, Fig. 15 shows an example of a flow path device 104, and Fig. 16 shows an example of a transport method for splitting the PCR reaction solution at m=24 cycles and n=30 cycles in Fig. 15. For convenience of illustration, some reference symbols are shown in Fig. 15 but omitted in Fig. 16.

 流路デバイス104は分注チャンバ320とPCRチャンバ304を接続する流路315上にバルブ337を有する。バルブ337は泳動試薬貯留部310との分岐よりもPCRチャンバ304側に設置されている。また流路316にはバルブ338が設置されている。また、流路319上で泳動試薬貯留部331との分岐よりも流路329側にバルブ339が設置されている。 The flow path device 104 has a valve 337 on the flow path 315 that connects the dispensing chamber 320 and the PCR chamber 304. The valve 337 is installed on the PCR chamber 304 side of the branch with the migration reagent storage section 310. A valve 338 is also installed in the flow path 316. A valve 339 is also installed on the flow path 319, on the flow path 329 side of the branch with the migration reagent storage section 331.

 ステップI:すべてのバルブが閉じられている。PCR反応液335をa μl納めたPCRチャンバ304があり、PCRチャンバ304にて、24回のサーマルサイクルを行う。24回のサーマルサイクル完了後、Final extensionを8分実施する。(ステップ601~604はステップ501、502に対応していてもいい。) Step I: All valves are closed. There is a PCR chamber 304 containing a μl of PCR reaction solution 335, and 24 thermal cycles are performed in the PCR chamber 304. After completing the 24 thermal cycles, a final extension is performed for 8 minutes. (Steps 601 to 604 may correspond to steps 501 and 502.)

 ステップII:24サイクルのPCR反応が終了したら、バルブ326と323と337を開放し、PCRチャンバ304の溶液の一部b μl(ただしa>b)を流路315を経由して分注チャンバ320に搬送する。(ステップ605、ステップ503に対応していてもいい) Step II: After 24 cycles of PCR reaction are completed, valves 326, 323, and 337 are opened, and a portion of the solution in PCR chamber 304, b μl (where a>b), is transported to dispensing chamber 320 via flow path 315. (This may correspond to step 605 or step 503.)

 ステップIII:バルブ323と326と337を閉めてバルブ324と325を開放し、泳動試薬貯留部310からc μl泳動試薬311を押し出し、分注チャンバ320内に格納されたPCR反応液mを混合チャンバ327に搬送する。PCR反応液mは泳動試薬311と混合されることで泳動サンプル336になる。(ステップ606、ステップ504に対応していてもいい)このとき、分注チャンバ320と流路315の一部には泳動試薬311が残っていてもよい。 Step III: Valves 323, 326, and 337 are closed, and valves 324 and 325 are opened, pushing out c μl migration reagent 311 from migration reagent reservoir 310, and transporting PCR reaction solution m stored in dispensing chamber 320 to mixing chamber 327. PCR reaction solution m is mixed with migration reagent 311 to become migration sample 336. (This may correspond to step 606 or step 504.) At this time, migration reagent 311 may remain in part of dispensing chamber 320 and flow path 315.

 ステップIV:バルブ324を閉めて、バルブ338を開放し、混合チャンバ327内の泳動サンプルを流路デバイス104の外(分析システムの待機部321またはCE部105)に搬送する。(ステップ607、ステップ504に対応していてもいい) Step IV: Close valve 324, open valve 338, and transport the electrophoretic sample in the mixing chamber 327 to the outside of the flow path device 104 (to the standby section 321 or CE section 105 of the analysis system). (This may correspond to step 607 or step 504.)

 ステップV:すべてのバルブを閉じて、PCRチャンバ304に残されたa-b μlのPCR反応液335に対して、6回のサーマルサイクルを実行した後、Final extensionを8分実施する。(ステップ608~610、ステップ505に対応していてもいい) Step V: Close all valves and perform 6 thermal cycles on the a-b μl PCR reaction solution 335 remaining in the PCR chamber 304, then perform a final extension for 8 minutes. (This may correspond to steps 608 to 610 or step 505.)

 ステップVI:合計30回のサーマルサイクルが完了したら、バルブ326と323と325を開放し、泳動試薬貯留部331からd μlの泳動試薬を押し出し、PCR反応液nを混合チャンバ327に搬送する。(ステップ506に対応していてもいい) Step VI: After a total of 30 thermal cycles are completed, open valves 326, 323, and 325 to push out d μl of electrophoretic reagent from electrophoretic reagent reservoir 331, and transport PCR reaction solution n to mixing chamber 327. (This may correspond to step 506.)

 ステップVII:バルブ325を閉め、バルブ339を開放して、空気圧を印加し、PCRチャンバ304内に残された溶液をすべて混合チャンバ327に送り込んでもいい。また混合チャンバ327内に空気を送り込むことで泳動サンプル336を攪拌して均質化してもいい。(ステップ611、ステップ507に対応していてもいい) Step VII: Valve 325 is closed, valve 339 is opened, and air pressure is applied to send all the solution remaining in the PCR chamber 304 to the mixing chamber 327. Air may also be sent into the mixing chamber 327 to agitate and homogenize the electrophoresis sample 336. (This may correspond to step 611 and step 507.)

 ステップVIII:バルブ338を開放し、混合チャンバ327内の泳動サンプルを流路デバイス104の外(分析システムの待機部321またはCE部105)に搬送する。(ステップ612、ステップ507に対応していてもいい) Step VIII: Open the valve 338 and transport the electrophoretic sample in the mixing chamber 327 to the outside of the flow path device 104 (to the standby section 321 or CE section 105 of the analysis system). (This may correspond to step 612 or step 507.)

 図14で示した分割PCRプロセスの各ステップの時間と温度の例を表1に示す。 Table 1 shows examples of the time and temperature for each step of the split PCR process shown in Figure 14.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001

 基本のサーマルサイクルの設定はSTR-PCRキット(GlobalFiler(商標) Express)のマニュアル(https://assets.thermofisher.com/TFS-Assets/LSG/manuals/4477672_GlobalFilerExpress_UG.pdf)を参考にした。ステップ605において、分注時のPCRチャンバ304の温度は常温からDenaturation間の任意の温度に設定してもよい。 The basic thermal cycle settings were based on the STR-PCR kit (GlobalFiler (trademark) Express) manual (https://assets.thermofisher.com/TFS-Assets/LSG/manuals/4477672_GlobalFilerExpress_UG.pdf). In step 605, the temperature of the PCR chamber 304 during dispensing may be set to any temperature between room temperature and denaturation.

 ステップ605, 606, 610, 611ではそれぞれ溶液が低温(4℃)で保持されていてもいい。低温で保持することで、サンプルの劣化を防ぐことや余計な反応の進行を防ぐことができる。 In steps 605, 606, 610, and 611, the solutions may be kept at low temperatures (4°C). Keeping the solutions at low temperatures can prevent deterioration of the samples and the progression of unnecessary reactions.

 ステップ605において、分割時の温度はDenaturationステップの温度と同じくらいに設定することで、余計な伸長反応を防げるため、アーティファクトの発生を抑制できるため好適である。 In step 605, it is preferable to set the temperature during division to the same temperature as the denaturation step, as this prevents unnecessary extension reactions and suppresses the occurrence of artifacts.

 ステップ605において、分割時の温度をExtension温度と同等にする場合、余計な伸長反応が起きるが、非特異増幅は抑制できる。また、ポリメラーゼや蛍光体の不活性化を回避できるため好適である。余計な伸長反応によるSTR-CEの分析精度への影響は無視できる。 In step 605, if the temperature during division is set to be equal to the extension temperature, an unnecessary extension reaction occurs, but non-specific amplification can be suppressed. This is also preferable because it avoids inactivation of the polymerase and fluorophore. The impact of the unnecessary extension reaction on the analytical accuracy of STR-CE can be ignored.

 ステップ605において、分割時の温度をExtension温度とRTの間にしてもいい。この場合、正確な温調が要求されないため簡便である。mサイクルのPCRが完了した時点で十分なアンプリコンが存在するため、非特異増幅の影響は無視できる。 In step 605, the temperature during division may be between the extension temperature and RT. In this case, precise temperature control is not required, which is convenient. Since there are sufficient amplicons at the time when m cycles of PCR are completed, the effect of non-specific amplification can be ignored.

 ステップ605において、分割に必要な時間は短いほど好適である。分割にかかる時間が長いと、アーティファクトが増えてしまう可能性がある。また、分割にかかる時間が長いほど、ポリメラーゼなど各種生体分子の不活性化が進行する恐れがある。 In step 605, the shorter the time required for division, the better. If the division takes a long time, there is a possibility that artifacts will increase. In addition, the longer the division takes, the greater the risk of inactivation of various biomolecules, such as polymerase.

 なお、図14に示すように、本実施例では、分析システム101は、各反応液(PCR反応液mの一部およびPCR反応液nの少なくとも一部を含む)に対し、電気泳動分析の前に電気泳動分析以外の方法による分析を実行しない。このようにすると装置の構成が簡素になり、たとえば追加の光学系が不要となる。 As shown in FIG. 14, in this embodiment, the analysis system 101 does not perform analysis by a method other than electrophoretic analysis on each reaction solution (including a part of PCR reaction solution m and at least a part of PCR reaction solution n) before electrophoretic analysis. This simplifies the configuration of the device, and, for example, does not require an additional optical system.

[PCR反応液、泳動試薬の量]
 本流路デバイスに用いられるPCR反応液の液量は1μl~200μlで、より好適には10μl~50μlである。液量は少ないほうが温調を正確・高速に行える。一方で、液量が多いほうがより多くの精製済みDNAを受け入れることができるため、高感度化が実現しやすい。また、液量が多いほうが、分割時に高精度な溶液計量が不要になる。
[Amount of PCR reaction solution and electrophoresis reagent]
The volume of PCR reaction solution used in this flow path device is 1μl to 200μl, and more preferably 10μl to 50μl. The smaller the volume of solution, the more accurate and faster the temperature control can be. On the other hand, the larger the volume of solution, the more purified DNA can be accommodated, making it easier to achieve high sensitivity. Also, the larger the volume of solution, the less precise the measurement of the solution becomes when dividing.

 表2に分割時の液量の例を示す。実際に計量される液量は表の値そのものにならなくてよく、複数回測定した時の中央値が表の値になっていてもいい。 Table 2 shows an example of the amount of liquid when divided. The amount of liquid actually measured does not have to be the value in the table, and the median value when multiple measurements are taken can be the value in the table.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002

 ステップ502にてPCR反応液量の総量がa μl、ステップ503にてmサイクルの時に取り出される液量が b μl、ステップ504にてPCR反応液mと混合される泳動試薬がc μl、ステップ507にてPCR反応液nと混合される泳動試薬がd μlであるとする。好適な、a~dの関係式または設定値の例を上記表2に示す。CEに増幅産物やサイズスタンダードを効率よく導入するためには、泳動サンプルのイオン強度が十分に低くなっていることが必要である。そのため、泳動試薬の量はPCR反応液の量に対して体積で2倍、5倍、10倍、20倍、等の比率で、PCR反応液より多く混合されることが好適である。 In step 502, the total amount of PCR reaction solution is a μl, the amount of solution removed during cycle m in step 503 is b μl, the amount of migration reagent mixed with PCR reaction solution m in step 504 is c μl, and the amount of migration reagent mixed with PCR reaction solution n in step 507 is d μl. Table 2 above shows an example of a suitable relationship or set value for a-d. In order to efficiently introduce the amplified products and size standards into CE, it is necessary that the ionic strength of the migration sample is sufficiently low. Therefore, it is preferable to mix the amount of migration reagent in a volume ratio of 2, 5, 10, 20, etc., greater than the amount of PCR reaction solution.

 PCRの分割は、PCR反応液mとPCR反応液nが等しくなるように設定してもいい。PCR反応液mとnの量が近いほうが、泳動試薬をCE部に送液する際に安定した送液が実現できる。 The PCR division can be set so that PCR reaction solution m and PCR reaction solution n are equal. If the amounts of PCR reaction solution m and n are close, stable delivery of the electrophoresis reagent to the CE section can be achieved.

 PCRの分割は、PCR反応液mのほうがPCR反応液nよりも少なくなるように設定してもいい。分割時に取り出す液量が少ないほうが、n-mのPCRを行うときの液量のばらつきが小さくて済むため、より再現性高く増幅産物nを準備できる。 The PCR division can be set so that PCR reaction solution m is smaller than PCR reaction solution n. The smaller the volume of liquid taken out during division, the smaller the variation in volume of liquid when performing PCR n-m, and the more reproducible the amplified product n can be prepared.

 セット1は、泳動試薬の量がPCR反応液に対して10倍で設定されているときの溶液量の例である。 Set 1 is an example of the solution volume when the amount of electrophoresis reagent is set to 10 times the amount of PCR reaction solution.

 セット2は、PCR試薬量が15μlで、mサイクルの分割時に5μlの溶液を取り出し、nサイクルの時に全量のPCR反応液を泳動試薬と混合する場合の溶液量の例である。この例では、分析システム101は、n回のサーマルサイクル終了時に、PCRチャンバ内のPCR反応液を全量PCRチャンバの外に搬送する。このようにすると、計量に必要な装置が省略でき、流路の構成が簡素になる。 Set 2 is an example of the amount of solution when the amount of PCR reagent is 15 μl, 5 μl of solution is taken out at the time of division into m cycles, and the entire amount of PCR reaction solution is mixed with the electrophoresis reagent at the time of n cycles. In this example, the analysis system 101 transports the entire amount of PCR reaction solution in the PCR chamber out of the PCR chamber at the end of n thermal cycles. In this way, the device required for measurement can be omitted, and the configuration of the flow path can be simplified.

 図16に示した送液手順では、分注チャンバ320内に泳動試薬が残される。分注チャンバ320に対して、泳動試薬貯留部310内の泳動試薬量が十分に多い場合は、泳動試薬が分注チャンバ320内に残されても分析精度や範囲への影響を無視することができる。また、流路315上で、バルブ337と分注チャンバ320の間に、エアラインとして流路322が設けられているか、または空気貯留部334が設けられていれば、全量を分注チャンバ320および混合チャンバ327に押し流すことができる。体積が大きい構成の場合、分注チャンバ320内のPCR反応液mはほぼ全量混合チャンバに送り込まれる。また、分注チャンバ320内に泳動試薬の一部が取り残されるのを加味して、余分に泳動試薬を試薬貯留部内に保管しておくことが好適である。 In the liquid transfer procedure shown in FIG. 16, the migration reagent is left in the dispensing chamber 320. If the amount of migration reagent in the migration reagent storage section 310 is sufficiently large compared to the dispensing chamber 320, the influence on the analytical accuracy and range can be ignored even if the migration reagent is left in the dispensing chamber 320. In addition, if a flow path 322 is provided as an air line between the valve 337 and the dispensing chamber 320 on the flow path 315, or an air storage section 334 is provided, the entire amount can be pushed into the dispensing chamber 320 and the mixing chamber 327. In the case of a large volume configuration, almost the entire amount of the PCR reaction liquid m in the dispensing chamber 320 is sent to the mixing chamber. In addition, it is preferable to store an extra migration reagent in the reagent storage section, taking into account that a part of the migration reagent is left behind in the dispensing chamber 320.

 セット3は分注チャンバ320内にeμlの泳動試薬が残留することを見越して、泳動試薬を多めに泳動試薬貯留部310に 格納する場合の溶液量の例である。 Set 3 is an example of the amount of solution stored in the migration reagent reservoir 310 when it is anticipated that eμl of migration reagent will remain in the dispensing chamber 320.

 セット4は分注チャンバ320の体積がbμlで、bμl分だけ泳動試薬が分注チャンバ320内に残留することを見越して、泳動試薬を多めに泳動試薬貯留部310内に保管しておく場合の溶液量の例である。 Set 4 is an example of the amount of solution stored in the electrophoretic reagent storage section 310 when the volume of the dispensing chamber 320 is b μl and it is expected that b μl of electrophoretic reagent will remain in the dispensing chamber 320.

[詳細な分割方法]
 分割時の溶液量のばらつきは、分析システムの実効的な分析範囲を狭める方向に働くため、PCR反応液を分割する際は、溶液分割の精度は高いことが望ましい。高精度な溶液分割を実現するために、適切な加圧圧力と加圧時間をあらかじめ設定しておく、規定された体積をもつ液体や気体でPCR反応液を押し出す、液面検知センサの利用、規定された体積の分注チャンバ320にPCR反応液を押し出す、等の機能を組み込んでもいい。複数の押し出しと計量方法を組み合わせてもいい。
[Detailed division method]
Since variation in the amount of solution during division tends to narrow the effective analysis range of the analysis system, it is desirable to divide the PCR reaction solution with high accuracy. To achieve high-accuracy solution division, functions such as setting an appropriate pressurizing pressure and pressurizing time in advance, pushing out the PCR reaction solution with a liquid or gas of a specified volume, using a liquid level detection sensor, and pushing out the PCR reaction solution into a dispensing chamber 320 of a specified volume may be incorporated. Multiple pushing and measuring methods may be combined.

 計量はステップ503のPCR反応液mの分注の時と、ステップ506のPCR反応液nの分注のときに実施されてもいい。ステップ506を省略し、PCR反応液nを全量泳動試薬と混合する場合は、計量はステップ503の時にのみ行われればいい。すなわち、計量の回数は、分割数から1を引いた数でもいい。同様に、2回計量した場合、PCRチャンバ内には規定量の液があるため、PCRチャンバ内に残された反応液に対して追加でPCRのサーマルサイクルをp回行い、n+pサイクルのPCR反応を行った3分割目の反応液をCE測定してもいい。 Measurement may be performed when dispensing PCR reaction solution m in step 503 and when dispensing PCR reaction solution n in step 506. If step 506 is omitted and the entire amount of PCR reaction solution n is mixed with the electrophoresis reagent, measurement may be performed only in step 503. In other words, the number of measurements may be the number of divisions minus 1. Similarly, if measurement is performed twice, since there is a specified amount of liquid in the PCR chamber, an additional p PCR thermal cycles may be performed on the reaction solution remaining in the PCR chamber, and the CE of the third division reaction solution after n+p cycles of PCR reaction may be measured.

 PCR反応液をPCRチャンバから取り出す際は、PCRチャンバにポンプで圧力をかけて、溶液を分注チャンバに送り出してもいい。また、PCR加熱時にバルブを閉じている場合、内圧がかかっているため、ステップIIでバルブ326と323を開放しなくても、内圧で溶液が分注チャンバに移動するように設定してもいい。 When removing the PCR reaction solution from the PCR chamber, you can apply pressure to the PCR chamber with a pump to send the solution to the dispensing chamber. Also, if the valve is closed during PCR heating, internal pressure is applied, so you can set it so that the solution moves to the dispensing chamber using internal pressure without opening valves 326 and 323 in step II.

 ステップ502にて、mサイクルが終わったのちに、ステップ503にて新しいPCR試薬でPCR反応液mを押し出し、規定量を分注チャンバ320または混合チャンバ327に搬送してもいい。本分割方法は、図10の空気貯留部332に空気ではなくPCR試薬を封入することで実施してもいい。溶液で押し出すため、押し出される体積が規定しやすいというメリットがある。また、PCR反応液で押し出す場合、気泡やオイルの混入による反応への悪影響が無いというメリットがある。その反面、新しいPCR試薬が後段にまわる可能性があり、分析範囲の上記ばらつき要因(1)~(8)に加えて新たな要因が追加されてしまう。また、PCR反応液で希釈するため、PCRチャンバ内に残されるPCR反応液がmサイクルの時点で薄まり、より多くのPCRサイクルが必要になる。また、常温の試薬を追加する場合、PCRチャンバの温度が低下してしまう。また、ステップ505でInitial denatureを再度行う必要がある。そのため、PCR反応液で押し出す場合は、PCR反応時間がやや長くなる。また、サイクル数を増やすこと、Initial denatureを再度実施することは、アーティファクトの発生に寄与してしまう。なお、押し出しに使われるPCR反応液のInitial denatureは、ステップ503よりも前に実施しておくことで、上記課題の一部を解決することも可能である。 After m cycles are completed in step 502, new PCR reagent may be used to push out the PCR reaction solution m in step 503, and a specified amount may be transported to the dispensing chamber 320 or the mixing chamber 327. This division method may be implemented by sealing PCR reagent instead of air in the air reservoir 332 in FIG. 10. Since it is pushed out with a solution, it has the advantage that the pushed-out volume is easy to specify. In addition, when pushing out with PCR reaction solution, it has the advantage that there is no adverse effect on the reaction due to the inclusion of air bubbles or oil. On the other hand, there is a possibility that new PCR reagent may be sent to the latter stage, which adds a new factor in addition to the above-mentioned factors of variation in the analysis range (1) to (8). In addition, since it is diluted with PCR reaction solution, the PCR reaction solution remaining in the PCR chamber is diluted at the point of m cycles, and more PCR cycles are required. In addition, when reagent at room temperature is added, the temperature of the PCR chamber drops. In addition, it is necessary to perform the initial denaturation again in step 505. Therefore, when pushing out with PCR reaction solution, the PCR reaction time becomes slightly longer. Furthermore, increasing the number of cycles and performing the initial denaturation again can contribute to the occurrence of artifacts. Note that it is also possible to solve some of the above problems by performing the initial denaturation of the PCR reaction solution used for extrusion prior to step 503.

 図10のように、流路デバイス104に空気貯留部332および333を設置して、ステップ502にてmサイクルが終わったタイミングで、空気チャンバでPCR試薬を押し出し、ステップA3にて規定量を分注チャンバ320または混合チャンバ327に搬送してもいい。 As shown in FIG. 10, air reservoirs 332 and 333 can be installed in the flow path device 104, and when m cycles are completed in step 502, the PCR reagent can be pushed out of the air chamber, and a specified amount can be transported to the dispensing chamber 320 or the mixing chamber 327 in step A3.

 空気やPCR試薬で押し出す代わりに、オイルでPCR反応液を押し出してもいい。本分割方法は、図10の空気貯留部332に空気ではなくオイルを封入することで実施してもいい。オイルは、PCR反応に影響を及ぼさないオイルであれば何でもよい。たとえば、シリコンオイルでもよく、ミネラルオイルでもよく、フロリナートオイルでもよく、複数のオイルの混合物であってもいい。オイルで押し出す場合、試薬で押し出すのと同様に、押し出される体積が規定しやすく、PCR反応液で押し出す場合と違ってPCR反応液と混ざらないというメリットがある。一方で、PCR反応産物にオイルが混ざって後段に流れてきてしまうと、CE測定に支障をきたす可能性がある。PCR反応液mが取り出される際は、オイルをチャンバに残すための分離膜や遠心分離によって分離してもいい。 Instead of pushing with air or PCR reagent, the PCR reaction liquid may be pushed with oil. This division method may be implemented by sealing oil instead of air in the air reservoir 332 in FIG. 10. The oil may be any oil that does not affect the PCR reaction. For example, it may be silicone oil, mineral oil, Fluorinert oil, or a mixture of multiple oils. When pushing with oil, as with pushing with reagent, the pushed volume is easy to define, and unlike pushing with PCR reaction liquid, it has the advantage that it does not mix with the PCR reaction liquid. On the other hand, if the PCR reaction product is mixed with oil and flows to the rear stage, it may interfere with the CE measurement. When the PCR reaction liquid m is taken out, it may be separated by a separation membrane or centrifugation to leave the oil in the chamber.

[計量機構の詳細]
 分割時に分注チャンバ320にPCR反応液を導入する際、PCR反応液の代わりにPCRチャンバ内の空気や気泡が入ってしまうと、計量精度が低下する。そのため、分注チャンバ320と流路315には、空気が入らないようにするための工夫が施されていることが好適である。空気が入るのを防ぐための構造の一例を図17に示す。図17(a)、(b)のように、流路315はPCR反応液335の液面701よりも重力方向で下側からPCRチャンバ304より分岐している。空気はPCRチャンバ304の上側に溜まるため、分割時に流路315に導入される空気の量を最小限にすることができる。また、分割完了時に液面701がPCRチャンバ304と流路315の接続部よりも重力方向で上に位置するように液量やチャンバ形状を設計することが望ましい。図17(b)のように、液面701はバルブ326または323よりも重力方向で上に位置していてもいい。この場合、PCRチャンバ304に混入する気泡を最小限にでき、あるいは完全に排除できる。バルブ326または323よりも上に位置するPCR反応液335はPCR反応に供されなくてもいい。ただし、この場合、未反応試薬がCE測定に混入して感度が低下する可能性がある。
[Weighting mechanism details]
When the PCR reaction solution is introduced into the dispensing chamber 320 during division, if air or air bubbles in the PCR chamber enter instead of the PCR reaction solution, the measurement accuracy will decrease. Therefore, it is preferable that the dispensing chamber 320 and the flow path 315 are designed to prevent air from entering. An example of a structure for preventing air from entering is shown in FIG. 17. As shown in FIGS. 17(a) and 17(b), the flow path 315 branches off from the PCR chamber 304 from below the liquid level 701 of the PCR reaction solution 335 in the direction of gravity. Since air accumulates on the upper side of the PCR chamber 304, the amount of air introduced into the flow path 315 during division can be minimized. In addition, it is preferable to design the liquid volume and the chamber shape so that the liquid level 701 is located above the connection part of the PCR chamber 304 and the flow path 315 in the direction of gravity when division is completed. As shown in FIG. 17(b), the liquid level 701 may be located above the valve 326 or 323 in the direction of gravity. In this case, it is possible to minimize or completely eliminate air bubbles entering the PCR chamber 304. The PCR reaction solution 335 located above the valve 326 or 323 does not need to be subjected to the PCR reaction. However, in this case, there is a possibility that unreacted reagents may be mixed into the CE measurement, decreasing the sensitivity.

 図17(c)のように、流路315はPCRチャンバ304の下部に接続されていてもいい。この構成では、空気が入りにくいという長所があるが、流路315がやや長くなり液ロスが生じやすいという傾向がある。 As shown in FIG. 17(c), the flow channel 315 may be connected to the bottom of the PCR chamber 304. This configuration has the advantage that air is less likely to enter, but the flow channel 315 is somewhat long, which tends to cause liquid loss.

 流路315には、気泡を抜くための構造が設けられていてもいい。また、流路315上にはPCRチャンバ304と分注チャンバ320をつなぐ流路の中に空気を通さない親水性のフィルタが入っていてもいい。 The flow path 315 may be provided with a structure for removing air bubbles. In addition, a hydrophilic filter that does not allow air to pass through may be placed on the flow path 315 in the flow path connecting the PCR chamber 304 and the dispensing chamber 320.

 分注チャンバ320が計量機能を備えていてもいい。例えば、図18に、計量機能を備えた分注チャンバ320の例を示す。分注チャンバ320に接続する流路315と328にはバルブ324、337がついている。バルブ337は計量だけでなく、PCR反応中に液が分注チャンバ320に飛び出してくるのを防ぐことや、分注後に泳動試薬および泳動サンプルがPCRチャンバ304に逆流するのを防ぐために用いられてもいい。また、バルブ324は計量だけでなく、混合チャンバに搬送したのちに、泳動サンプルが逆流するのを防ぐために備えられていてもいい。分注チャンバの体積は、増幅産物mを分割して測り取りたい液量に一致していてもいい。分注チャンバは球形または円筒形でもよく、直方体でもよく、細長くてもよく、蛇行流路になっていてもよく、楕円体または楕円筒形でもいい。 The dispensing chamber 320 may have a measuring function. For example, FIG. 18 shows an example of a dispensing chamber 320 with a measuring function. The flow paths 315 and 328 connected to the dispensing chamber 320 are provided with valves 324 and 337. The valve 337 may be used not only for measuring, but also to prevent liquid from splashing out into the dispensing chamber 320 during the PCR reaction, and to prevent the migration reagent and migration sample from flowing back into the PCR chamber 304 after dispensing. The valve 324 may be provided not only for measuring, but also to prevent the migration sample from flowing back after being transported to the mixing chamber. The volume of the dispensing chamber may correspond to the amount of liquid to be measured by dividing the amplification product m. The dispensing chamber may be spherical or cylindrical, rectangular, elongated, or serpentine, or may be ellipsoidal or elliptical cylindrical.

 たとえば、分析システム101は、m回のサーマルサイクルの終了後に、分注チャンバ320(計量部)にPCR反応液mを搬送することにより、0.1%~50%の範囲内の所定量のPCR反応液mを計量してもよい。このようにすると追加の計量処理が不要となる。 For example, the analysis system 101 may measure a predetermined amount of PCR reaction liquid m within the range of 0.1% to 50% by transporting the PCR reaction liquid m to the dispensing chamber 320 (measurement unit) after m thermal cycles have been completed. In this way, no additional measurement process is required.

 図19に計量機構の例を示す。図19に示すような機構を複数組み合わせて計量してもいい。示されていない計量機構を用いてもいい。複数の計量機構を組み合わせることでよりロバストな計量を実現してもいい。 Figure 19 shows an example of a weighing mechanism. Multiple mechanisms like those shown in Figure 19 may be combined for weighing. A weighing mechanism not shown may also be used. More robust weighing may be achieved by combining multiple weighing mechanisms.

 図19(a)は計量機構の一例で、ベントフィルタ702と、流路328を接続する流路703が備えられている。流路703は流路328のバルブ324よりも分注チャンバ320側に接続している。ベントフィルタ702の素材はPPやフッ素系樹脂などでできた疎水性の多孔質フィルタが好適である。図20のステップI~IIIは本計量機構の動作例を示す。 FIG. 19(a) shows an example of a metering mechanism, which is equipped with a vent filter 702 and a flow path 703 that connects to flow path 328. Flow path 703 is connected to the dispensing chamber 320 side of the valve 324 of flow path 328. A suitable material for the vent filter 702 is a hydrophobic porous filter made of PP, fluororesin, or the like. Steps I to III in FIG. 20 show an example of the operation of this metering mechanism.

 ステップI: PCRチャンバ304に圧力を印加し、PCR反応液を分注チャンバ320に送り込む。分注チャンバ320やその前後に存在する空気は流路703を経由してベントフィルタ702から放出される。 Step I: Pressure is applied to the PCR chamber 304, and the PCR reaction liquid is sent into the dispensing chamber 320. Air present in the dispensing chamber 320 and before and after it is released from the vent filter 702 via the flow path 703.

 ステップII:ベントフィルタ702を増幅産物や泳動試薬は超えることができないため、分注チャンバ320およびその前後の流路の体積分のPCR反応液を計量する。 Step II: Since the amplified products and electrophoretic reagents cannot pass through the vent filter 702, the PCR reaction liquid is weighed to the volume of the dispensing chamber 320 and the flow paths before and after it.

 ステップIII:バルブ337を閉じて、バルブ324を開放する。泳動試薬か空気で分注チャンバ320内のPCR反応液を混合チャンバ327に送り出す。 Step III: Close valve 337 and open valve 324. The PCR reaction mixture in dispensing chamber 320 is pumped to mixing chamber 327 using electrophoretic reagent or air.

 図19(b)のように、流路328上には流路抵抗704が設けられていてもいい。流路抵抗704はPPやフッ素系樹脂など疎水性のフィルタであってもいい。また、流路抵抗704における流路表面の疎水性が流路328部分よりも高くなっていてもいい。また、流路幅が流路抵抗704で狭くなっていてもよく、障害物が設置されていてもいい。また、流路抵抗704は急激に流路幅が広くなっていてもいい。流路抵抗704ではキャピラリストップバルブの原理を用いて流路抵抗を設けてもよい。流路抵抗704が液体に接するまでは空気が容易に抜けることができる。図21のI~IIIは本計量機構の動作例を示す。 As shown in FIG. 19(b), a flow path resistance 704 may be provided on the flow path 328. The flow path resistance 704 may be a hydrophobic filter made of PP, fluororesin, or the like. The hydrophobicity of the flow path surface at the flow path resistance 704 may be higher than that of the flow path 328. The flow path width may be narrowed by the flow path resistance 704, or an obstacle may be provided. The flow path width of the flow path resistance 704 may be abruptly widened. The flow path resistance 704 may be provided using the principle of a capillary stop valve. Air can easily escape until the flow path resistance 704 comes into contact with the liquid. Figures I to III in FIG. 21 show an example of the operation of this metering mechanism.

 ステップI: PCRチャンバ304に圧力(A kPa)を印加し、PCR反応液を分注チャンバ320に送り込む。分注チャンバ320やその前後に存在する空気は流路抵抗704に対してスムーズに抜けることができる。 Step I: Pressure (A kPa) is applied to the PCR chamber 304, and the PCR reaction liquid is sent to the dispensing chamber 320. The air present in the dispensing chamber 320 and before and after it can be smoothly removed through the flow path resistance 704.

 ステップII:A kPaの印加圧力では、PCR反応液は流路抵抗704を超えることができないか、長時間かけないと超えることができないため、規定量のPCR反応液量を分注チャンバ320で計り取ることができる。 Step II: At an applied pressure of A kPa, the PCR reaction liquid cannot exceed the flow resistance 704 or can only exceed it for a long time, so that a specified amount of PCR reaction liquid can be measured out in the dispensing chamber 320.

 ステップIII:バルブ337を閉じて、泳動試薬か空気でB kPa(ただしB>A)を分注チャンバ320に印加する。分注チャンバ320内のPCR反応液を混合チャンバ327に送りこむことができる。 Step III: Close valve 337 and apply B kPa (where B>A) to dispensing chamber 320 using electrophoretic reagent or air. The PCR reaction solution in dispensing chamber 320 can be sent to mixing chamber 327.

 図19(c)のように、流路328上、または分注チャンバ320上に液面検知センサ705を取り付け、規定量の液で分注チャンバ320が満たされたら、液の搬送をとめるような構造にしてもいい。 As shown in FIG. 19(c), a liquid level sensor 705 may be attached to the flow path 328 or the dispensing chamber 320, and the structure may be such that the transport of liquid is stopped when the dispensing chamber 320 is filled with a specified amount of liquid.

 図22に液面検知センサやベントフィルタ、流路抵抗体を用いない、簡便な計量機構の例を示す。ただし、本方式に、液面検知センサやベントフィルタ、流路抵抗体などを組み合わせてロバストに分注する機構を設けてもいい。 Figure 22 shows an example of a simple metering mechanism that does not use a liquid level sensor, vent filter, or flow path resistor. However, this method can also be combined with a liquid level sensor, vent filter, flow path resistor, etc. to provide a robust dispensing mechanism.

 ステップI:PCR反応液335を納めたPCRチャンバ304があり、すべてのバルブを閉めた状態でPCRチャンバ304にて、mサイクルPCR反応を行う。 Step I: There is a PCR chamber 304 containing a PCR reaction solution 335, and m cycles of PCR reaction are carried out in the PCR chamber 304 with all valves closed.

 ステップII:mサイクルのPCR反応が終了したら、バルブ326と323を開放し、PCRチャンバ304内の圧力を大気圧(=100kPa)にする。 Step II: After m cycles of PCR reaction are completed, open valves 326 and 323 and set the pressure in PCR chamber 304 to atmospheric pressure (=100 kPa).

 ステップIII:流路319と流路330から100kPaの圧力を印加する。 Step III: Apply a pressure of 100 kPa through flow paths 319 and 330.

 ステップIV:バルブ337を開放し、PCRチャンバ304の溶液の一部を分注チャンバ320に搬送する。分注チャンバ320内の空気が半分ほどまで圧縮されると分注チャンバ320とPCRチャンバ304の圧力がつりあい、溶液の搬送が停止する。 Step IV: Valve 337 is opened, and a portion of the solution in PCR chamber 304 is transferred to dispensing chamber 320. When the air in dispensing chamber 320 is compressed to about half its original pressure, the pressures in dispensing chamber 320 and PCR chamber 304 are balanced, and the transfer of solution stops.

 ステップV:バルブ337を閉じ、バルブ324を開放することで分注チャンバ320内の圧力を大気圧に戻す。 Step V: Close valve 337 and open valve 324 to return the pressure in dispensing chamber 320 to atmospheric pressure.

 本方式では、PCRチャンバ304から溶液を分注チャンバ320に搬送する際、分注チャンバ320内に印加した圧力で分注チャンバ320内に侵入した液量を規定できる。分注チャンバ320の容積がV1で中が圧力P1空気で満たされているとき、分注チャンバに液体が容積V2だけ侵入すると、ボイルの法則より、圧力はP2=P1*V1/V2に変化する。P2が印加される圧力と釣り合うと、溶液は停止する。ステップIにて、分注チャンバ内の圧力が100kPaである場合、分注チャンバ320の容積が半分まで減少すると、分注チャンバとPCRチャンバ内の圧力がどちらも200kPaになって力が釣り合う。そのため、分注チャンバの体積の約50%に相当するPCR反応液335を分注することができる。なお、ここで示した圧力は一例にすぎず、分注チャンバの容積や、その前後の流路の空間、および計量したい液量を適切に設定して計量してもいい。本方式のデメリットは、バルブに高い耐圧が要求される傾向があるという点である。分注チャンバ320の容積を計量したい量に対して大きめに設定すれば分注と計量に必要な圧力は下がるが、そのあと泳動試薬で押し出す場合の残液量が多くなるというデメリットが生じる。 In this method, when the solution is transported from the PCR chamber 304 to the dispensing chamber 320, the amount of liquid that has entered the dispensing chamber 320 can be determined by the pressure applied to the dispensing chamber 320. When the volume of the dispensing chamber 320 is V1 and the inside is filled with air at pressure P1, if the liquid enters the dispensing chamber by volume V2, the pressure changes to P2 = P1 * V1 / V2 according to Boyle's law. When P2 is balanced with the applied pressure, the solution stops. In step I, if the pressure in the dispensing chamber is 100 kPa, when the volume of the dispensing chamber 320 is reduced to half, the pressure in both the dispensing chamber and the PCR chamber becomes 200 kPa and the forces are balanced. Therefore, it is possible to dispense PCR reaction solution 335 equivalent to about 50% of the volume of the dispensing chamber. Note that the pressure shown here is just one example, and the volume of the dispensing chamber, the space in the flow path before and after it, and the amount of liquid to be measured may be appropriately set and measured. The disadvantage of this method is that the valve tends to require high pressure resistance. If the volume of the dispensing chamber 320 is set to a value larger than the amount to be measured, the pressure required for dispensing and measuring will be reduced, but the disadvantage is that the amount of residual liquid will be large when it is pushed out with the migration reagent afterwards.

[計量精度について]
 CE分析では、同一サンプルを複数回計測した時のピーク強度にばらつきが存在すると、実効的な分析範囲が狭くなる。分割PCRを導入したことによって、分析強度が大きくばらついてしまうと、実効分析範囲が狭くなって好ましくない。分割PCRの導入により、泳動試薬とPCR反応液の混合比のばらつきが大きくなると、ピーク強度のばらつきに反映され、実効的な分析範囲が狭くなる。
[About weighing accuracy]
In CE analysis, if there is variation in peak intensity when the same sample is measured multiple times, the effective analysis range will be narrowed. If the analysis intensity varies greatly due to the introduction of split PCR, the effective analysis range will be narrowed, which is undesirable. If the introduction of split PCR increases the variation in the mixing ratio of the electrophoresis reagent and the PCR reaction solution, this will be reflected in the variation in peak intensity, narrowing the effective analysis range.

 図14のように、PCR反応液と泳動試薬を混合したときに、混合比率の変動がどの程度CEのピーク強度に影響を与えるか実験で確認した。図23に泳動試薬に対するPCR反応液の比率を変化させた場合の、CE強度を示す。キャピラリ間のピーク強度のばらつきは、別途計測したPCR反応液を含まないサイズスタンダードの平均強度で規格化した。サイズスタンダードのピーク強度は、PCR反応液の比率の上昇に伴って単調減少した。その一方で増幅産物のピーク強度は、単調増加し、液量の変動に対してピーク強度の変動は限定的であった。 As shown in Figure 14, an experiment was conducted to confirm the extent to which fluctuations in the mixing ratio when the PCR reaction solution and electrophoresis reagent are mixed affect the CE peak intensity. Figure 23 shows the CE intensity when the ratio of PCR reaction solution to electrophoresis reagent is changed. The variation in peak intensity between capillaries was normalized by the average intensity of a size standard that did not contain PCR reaction solution, which was measured separately. The peak intensity of the size standard monotonically decreased as the ratio of PCR reaction solution increased. On the other hand, the peak intensity of the amplified product monotonically increased, and the variation in peak intensity was limited in response to changes in the liquid volume.

 CE測定において、増幅産物をキャピラリに引き込む際は、泳動サンプルとキャピラリに電圧をかけて電界注入する。電界注入では、キャピラリに導入される増幅産物は他のイオンや核酸と競合的に注入される。電圧と注入時間が一定の場合、式1のような関係が成り立つ (βは電流値、αは定数)。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000003
 ただし:
 k0,C0:ホルムアミドに含まれるイオンの移動度と濃度
 k1,C1:サイズスタンダードのDNAの移動度と濃度
 k2,C2:PCR反応液に含まれる塩やプライマ、dNTPの移動度と濃度
 k3,C3:PCR反応液に含まれる増幅産物の移動度と濃度
である。 In CE measurements, when the amplified products are drawn into the capillary, a voltage is applied to the electrophoretic sample and the capillary to perform electric field injection. In electric field injection, the amplified products introduced into the capillary are competitively injected with other ions and nucleic acids. When the voltage and injection time are constant, the relationship shown in Equation 1 holds (β is the current value, and α is a constant).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000003
however:
k0 , C0 : mobility and concentration of ions contained in formamide ; k1 , C1 : mobility and concentration of size standard DNA ; k2 , C2 : mobility and concentration of salts, primers, and dNTPs contained in the PCR reaction solution; k3 , C3 : mobility and concentration of amplified products contained in the PCR reaction solution.

 泳動試薬10μlに対して、PCR反応液の量が1μlで混合される場合を標準として、PCR反応液の量がγμl変動する場合、式1は、以下のように表される。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000004
Taking the standard case where 1 μl of PCR reaction solution is mixed with 10 μl of electrophoresis reagent as the standard, when the amount of PCR reaction solution varies by γ μl, Equation 1 is expressed as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000004

 サイズスタンダードの注入量k1*C1について整理すると以下のようになり、γの増加に対して単調減少する。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000005
The injection amount k 1 *C 1 of the size standard can be rearranged as follows, and it decreases monotonically with increasing γ.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000005

 一方で、増幅産物の注入量k3*C3は、式1を変形すると以下のようになり、PCR反応液量に対して単調増加する。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000006
On the other hand, the injection amount of the amplified product k 3 *C 3 is obtained by transforming Equation 1 as follows, and increases monotonically with the volume of the PCR reaction solution.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000006

 PCR反応液には多くの塩、プライマ、dNTP、等が含まれており、注入量はほぼ飽和している。そのため、PCR反応液の割合が泳動試薬に対して多少増えても、ピーク強度の変動は限定的である。PCR反応液の比率が標準条件 (PCR反応液:泳動試薬=1:10)に対して±20%変動しても、ピーク強度の変動率は10%以内に留まる。また、標準条件よりもややPCR反応液が濃い条件(PCR反応液:泳動試薬=1.6:10)を目標にすると、PCR反応液の比率がターゲット比率から±50%変動してもピーク強度の変動率が10%以下になる。本実験結果は、分割PCRの分注精度が多少悪くても、PCR反応液と泳動試薬の混合比率の変動に由来する増幅産物由来のピーク強度の変動は限定的であることを示唆している。 The PCR reaction solution contains many salts, primers, dNTPs, etc., and the injection amount is nearly saturated. Therefore, even if the ratio of the PCR reaction solution to the electrophoretic reagent increases slightly, the fluctuation in peak intensity is limited. Even if the ratio of the PCR reaction solution varies by ±20% from the standard conditions (PCR reaction solution: electrophoretic reagent = 1:10), the fluctuation rate of the peak intensity remains within 10%. In addition, if the target conditions are slightly more concentrated PCR reaction solution than the standard conditions (PCR reaction solution: electrophoretic reagent = 1.6:10), the fluctuation rate of the peak intensity will be less than 10% even if the ratio of the PCR reaction solution varies by ±50% from the target ratio. The results of this experiment suggest that even if the dispensing accuracy of the split PCR is somewhat poor, the fluctuation in peak intensity from the amplified product resulting from the fluctuation in the mixing ratio of the PCR reaction solution and the electrophoretic reagent is limited.

 計量機構の精度が多少悪くても、シンプルで低コストな計量機構を採用することが好適な場合がある。精度の低い計量機構を採用する場合、上記で示したように、PCR反応液と泳動試薬の混合比率の変動がピーク強度に影響を与えにくいような溶液組成を選択することが好適である。これは、泳動試薬に塩を加えてもよく、PCR反応液に含まれる塩、プライマ、dNTP等がその役割を担ってもいい。また、泳動試薬とPCR反応液の混合比率が、PCR反応液がやや多いような条件で実施し、より飽和に近い状態で測定することで、変動比率の影響を受けにくくする。この場合、泳動試薬に含まれているサイズスタンダードのピーク強度が測定に必要な水準に達するように、標準的な混合比率よりもやや多めにサイズスタンダードを混合しておくことが好適である。 There are cases where it is preferable to adopt a simple, low-cost measuring mechanism, even if the accuracy of the measuring mechanism is somewhat poor. When using a measuring mechanism with low accuracy, as shown above, it is preferable to select a solution composition in which fluctuations in the mixing ratio of the PCR reaction solution and the electrophoretic reagent are unlikely to affect the peak intensity. This can be done by adding salt to the electrophoretic reagent, or the salt, primers, dNTPs, etc. contained in the PCR reaction solution can play this role. In addition, the mixing ratio of the electrophoretic reagent and the PCR reaction solution should be performed under conditions where the PCR reaction solution is slightly higher, and measurements are performed in a state closer to saturation, making it less susceptible to the effects of fluctuations in the ratio. In this case, it is preferable to mix a slightly larger amount of size standard than the standard mixing ratio so that the peak intensity of the size standard contained in the electrophoretic reagent reaches the level required for measurement.

《分割PCRプロトコルの設定方法》
[分割PCRによる分析範囲拡大の原理]
How to set up a split PCR protocol
[Principle of expanding analytical range by split PCR]

 サンプルに含まれる種々濃度のターゲットDNAを分析可能とするために、互いに異なる濃度の増幅産物を含むPCR反応液mおよびPCR反応液nをそれぞれ電気泳動分析する。サンプルに含まれ得る前記ターゲットDNAの濃度範囲に応じて、mおよびnを適切な範囲内からあらかじめ設定しておくことで、感度が低下することなく、1つの増幅産物を準備してCE分析するよりも広い範囲のDNA量に対して、適切なDNAプロファイルを得られる。 In order to be able to analyze target DNA of various concentrations contained in a sample, PCR reaction solution m and PCR reaction solution n, each containing an amplified product of different concentrations, are subjected to electrophoretic analysis. By setting m and n in advance within an appropriate range according to the range of concentrations of the target DNA that may be contained in the sample, it is possible to obtain an appropriate DNA profile for a wider range of DNA amounts without a decrease in sensitivity than when a single amplified product is prepared and analyzed by CE.

 図24に分割PCRによる分析範囲拡大原理を示す。図24の横軸はPCRに投入されたDNA量を示し、縦軸は、増幅産物の濃度またはCEにおけるピーク強度を示す。801はCEの検出上限強度またはPCRが正確に増幅できる増幅産物濃度の上限で、802はCEの検出下限を指している。図中では、増幅産物の濃度はDNA投入量に対してリニアに増えていくように表記しているが、実際の増幅はシグモイド状になっており、増幅産物が一定量に達するとプラトーに近づくと考えられる。あるPCRサイクル数mにおいて、正しく分析できるDNA量範囲が下限aと上限bの間にあるとする。1つのサイクル数で分析できるSTR-CEの分析範囲を803とする。また、あるPCRサイクル数nにおいて、正しく分析できるDNA量範囲が下限cと上限dの間であるとする。この時、a<dであれば、分析範囲はb/aまたはd/cからb/cまで拡大できる。分割PCRで拡大したときのSTR-CEの分析範囲を804とする。804は、mまたはnのどちらかがSTR-CEの分析範囲に収まっているDNA量の範囲で、原則として範囲のなかに分析範囲からこぼれるDNA量は存在しないものとする。以下では、各サイクル数における分析範囲(b/a)はほぼ一定で、サイクル数差xに対して2x倍変化するものとする。このときmとnの間隔は以下の式2の範囲に限定される。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000007
Figure 24 shows the principle of expanding the analytical range by split PCR. The horizontal axis of Figure 24 shows the amount of DNA input to PCR, and the vertical axis shows the concentration of the amplified product or the peak intensity in CE. 801 is the upper detection limit intensity of CE or the upper limit of the concentration of the amplified product that can be amplified accurately by PCR, and 802 is the lower detection limit of CE. In the figure, the concentration of the amplified product is shown to increase linearly with the amount of DNA input, but the actual amplification is sigmoidal, and it is considered that it approaches a plateau when the amount of amplified product reaches a certain amount. It is assumed that the range of DNA amount that can be correctly analyzed at a certain PCR cycle number m is between the lower limit a and the upper limit b. The analytical range of STR-CE that can be analyzed with one cycle number is 803. Also, it is assumed that the range of DNA amount that can be correctly analyzed at a certain PCR cycle number n is between the lower limit c and the upper limit d. In this case, if a<d, the analytical range can be expanded from b/a or d/c to b/c. The analytical range of STR-CE when expanded by split PCR is 804. 804 is the range of DNA amount where either m or n falls within the analytical range of STR-CE, and in principle, there is no DNA amount falling outside the analytical range. In the following, the analytical range (b/a) at each cycle number is assumed to be almost constant and to change by 2x times with respect to the cycle number difference x. In this case, the interval between m and n is limited to the range of the following formula 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000007

 これを満たす場合の例を図24(1)に示す。例えば、PCRに持ち込まれたDNA量に対する分析範囲 b/a が80倍であるとき、n-mは6以下が適切で、拡大率は64である。拡大率は、分割数yに対して(b/a)y-1で増やすことができるが、分割数が少ないほうが安定した送液を簡便な流路デバイス上で実現できると考えられる。以下ではmとnを設定し、増幅産物mとnを分析する場合について主に述べる。一方で、同様な設定方法で、3分割にするためにlを、4分割にするためにkを設定してもよい。 An example of a case where this requirement is met is shown in Figure 24(1). For example, when the analysis range b/a for the amount of DNA brought into the PCR is 80 times, an appropriate nm is 6 or less, and the magnification ratio is 64. The magnification ratio can be increased by (b/a) y-1 for the number of divisions y, but it is thought that a smaller number of divisions will enable stable liquid delivery on a simple flow path device. Below, we will mainly describe the case where m and n are set and the amplified products m and n are analyzed. On the other hand, it is also possible to set l to divide into 3 and k to divide into 4 using a similar setting method.

 cまたはdが0.2ngまたは0.1 ngを下回る場合、ピーク間の強度バランスのばらつきが大きくなるため、式2で設定されたサイクル数よりも大きいサイクル数を設定し、mとnの間隔は式2で規定される最大のサイクル数よりも狭くすることが好適である。以下では特に断りが無い場合、STR-CEの分析上限と下限はサイクル数差xに対して2x倍変化するものとする。 When c or d is less than 0.2 ng or 0.1 ng, the variation in the intensity balance between peaks increases, so it is preferable to set a number of cycles greater than that set in formula 2 and to set the interval between m and n narrower than the maximum number of cycles defined in formula 2. In the following, unless otherwise specified, the upper and lower analytical limits of STR-CE change by a factor of 2x with respect to the difference in cycle number x.

 図24(2)に、mとnの間隔が式2を満たさない場合の分析範囲を示す。この場合、mで分析できる下限aがnで分析できる上限dを上回っており、aとdの間に位置するDNA濃度では正しいDNA鑑定が行えない。a>dで、aとdの間に位置するサンプルが存在しない場合、または頻度が極めて低い場合は敢えて、a>dの関係が成立するようなmとnの数値を設定してもいいが、実際に投入されるサンプルのDNA量は未知であることが多いため、式2を満たすことが好適である。 Figure 24(2) shows the analysis range when the interval between m and n does not satisfy formula 2. In this case, the lower limit a that can be analyzed with m exceeds the upper limit d that can be analyzed with n, and correct DNA identification cannot be performed with a DNA concentration between a and d. If a>d and there are no samples between a and d, or if the frequency is extremely low, it is acceptable to set the values of m and n so that the relationship a>d holds, but since the amount of DNA in the sample actually input is often unknown, it is preferable to satisfy formula 2.

 nのサイクル数で極めて低濃度のDNAをカバーする場合、Stochastic effectが生じるため、式2で指定されるnとmの差分の上限よりも少ない差分で設定することが望ましい。 When covering extremely low concentrations of DNA with the number of cycles n, a stochastic effect will occur, so it is desirable to set the difference between n and m to a value smaller than the upper limit of the difference specified in Equation 2.

 STR-CE分析には複数の分析結果がばらつく要因があるため、ばらつきを加味して、mサイクルのSTR-PCRがカバーできる分析DNA量範囲と、nサイクルのSTR-PCRが分析できるDNA量範囲に重複を持たせる必要がある。重複が存在しない場合、mとnの分析範囲に収まっているにも関わらず、分析が失敗するDNA量が存在してしまう。すなわち、想定される、分析ばらつきに対して、a<dが必ず成り立つようにmとnを設定する必要がある。以下では、mとnは分析システムのばらつきを加味して設定されているものとする。 Since there are multiple factors that can cause variability in the analytical results of STR-CE analysis, it is necessary to allow for overlap between the range of DNA amounts that can be analyzed by m cycles of STR-PCR and the range of DNA amounts that can be analyzed by n cycles of STR-PCR, taking variability into account. If there is no overlap, there will be an amount of DNA that will cause the analysis to fail, even if it falls within the analytical range of m and n. In other words, m and n must be set so that a<d is always true for the expected analytical variability. In the following, it is assumed that m and n are set taking into account the variability of the analysis system.

[nをmのCE分析結果に応じて設定する]
 装置にはmの数値がプリセットされていてもいい。
[n is set according to the CE analysis results of m]
The value of m may be preset in the device.

 ステップ504のあとにステップ505を開始または終了するような分析システムの場合は、泳動サンプルmの測定結果に応じて、nが設定されてもいい。 In the case of an analytical system in which step 505 is started or ended after step 504, n may be set according to the measurement results of electrophoretic sample m.

 以下の条件に分岐してnが設定されてもいい:
 (1)増幅産物mのピークが全く検出されない場合
 (2)ピークが検出され、一部のピークがATを下回っている場合
 (3)ピークが検出され、すでに一部のピークが飽和している、または、IAPスレショルドを超えている場合。
n may be set according to the following conditions:
(1) No peaks of amplification product m are detected at all. (2) Peaks are detected and some peaks are below the AT. (3) Peaks are detected and some peaks are already saturated or exceed the IAP threshold.

 (1)の場合は、STR-CEの分析範囲がxである場合、追加でn-mサイクル(n-m≦log(x)、ただしxはSTR-PCRの分析範囲)実施してもいい。この場合、n-mは式 2を満たすように最大の値を用いることが好適である。 In the case of (1), if the analytical range of STR-CE is x, additional n-m cycles (n-m≦log(x), where x is the analytical range of STR-PCR) may be performed. In this case, it is preferable to use the maximum value of n-m that satisfies Equation 2.

 (2)の場合は、検出されたピークの最大強度yに対して、CEの飽和強度がzである場合、追加でn-mサイクル(n-m≦log(z/y))で規定されるPCRを実施してもいい。 In the case of (2), if the CE saturation intensity is z for the maximum intensity y of the detected peak, an additional PCR may be performed with n-m cycles (n-m≦log(z/y)).

 (3)の場合は追加のPCRを行わなくてもいい。 In case (3), there is no need to perform an additional PCR test.

[分析したいサンプルの強度比を加味したmとnの間隔の設定方法]
 特にCE分析にかかる時間が長い場合、上記のようなmサイクルの電気泳動が完了するまで待っていると、n-mのPCR反応の待ち時間が長すぎて、アーティファクトが増える可能性や、PCR反応がうまくいかなくなる可能性もある。そのため、mとnは事前に設定されていてもいい。
[How to set the interval between m and n taking into account the intensity ratio of the sample you want to analyze]
In particular, if the time required for CE analysis is long, waiting for the completion of m cycles of electrophoresis as described above may result in an excessively long waiting time for the nm PCR reaction, which may increase artifacts or cause the PCR reaction to fail. Therefore, m and n may be set in advance.

 STR-CEでは、ホモ接合の遺伝子座とヘテロ接合の遺伝子座が混在して含まれているため、仮にすべての増幅効率、CE注入効率、蛍光色素の発光効率が等しい理想的な分析系であっても、ヘテロ接合のピークとホモ接合のピークで、ピーク間には強度の差が1:2で存在する。 STR-CE contains a mixture of homozygous and heterozygous loci, so even in an ideal analysis system where all amplification efficiencies, CE injection efficiencies, and fluorescent dye emission efficiencies are equal, there will be a 1:2 difference in intensity between the heterozygous and homozygous peaks.

 実際のSTR-CEでは、遺伝子座およびDNA長に依存した増幅効率の差、CE注入効率の差、色素間の発光効率の差があるため、DNA量が適切に調整されていても、ピーク間には強度の差が1:2~1:20で存在する。なお、ATは色素間で異なる数値が設定されている場合がある。その場合、ATの設定値の差を加味して、分析範囲を検討する必要がある。 In actual STR-CE, there are differences in amplification efficiency depending on the gene locus and DNA length, differences in CE injection efficiency, and differences in luminescence efficiency between dyes, so even if the amount of DNA is appropriately adjusted, there is a difference in intensity between peaks of 1:2 to 1:20. Note that AT values may differ between dyes. In such cases, it is necessary to consider the analysis range taking into account the difference in AT setting value.

 DNAが複数人に由来する場合、アレルの存在比には1:2~1:1000の差が存在する。 When DNA comes from multiple people, the ratio of alleles varies from 1:2 to 1:1000.

 DNAが劣化している場合、アレルの存在比には、1:2~1:1000の差が存在する。典型的には短い遺伝子座またはアレルのDNAが多く増幅され、長い遺伝子座またはアレルのDNAのピーク強度は少なくなる傾向がある。 When DNA is degraded, the ratio of alleles present varies from 1:2 to 1:1000. Typically, DNA from short loci or alleles is amplified in large amounts, while the peak intensity of DNA from long loci or alleles tends to be reduced.

 PCRが阻害されている場合、短いDNAがより多く増幅され、長いDNAのピーク強度が小さくなる傾向がある。このような場合、ピーク強度の差が1:2~1:1000になる。 If PCR is inhibited, shorter DNA will tend to be amplified more and longer DNA will tend to have smaller peak intensities. In such cases, the difference in peak intensities will be 1:2 to 1:1000.

 投入DNA量が0.1ngを切ると、ピーク間の強度ばらつきが大きくなる傾向がある。この場合、実効分析範囲はさらには小さくなっている。ゆえに、mとnでカバーできる実効ダイナミックレンジは必ずしも同一とは限らない。 When the amount of input DNA falls below 0.1 ng, the variation in intensity between peaks tends to increase. In this case, the effective analytical range becomes even smaller. Therefore, the effective dynamic ranges that can be covered by m and n are not necessarily the same.

 以下では、ピーク間の強度比を決める要因は、STR-PCRに投入されたDNAに含まれるアレルの存在比の差に由来するものとして議論を進める。増幅効率の差、CE注入効率の差、および発光効率の差も影響するため、本来はこれらの差も加味するべきであるが割愛し、アレル間の存在比率の議論に内包されるものとする。 In the following, we will proceed with the discussion assuming that the factor that determines the intensity ratio between peaks is due to the difference in the abundance ratio of alleles contained in the DNA input to STR-PCR. Differences in amplification efficiency, CE injection efficiency, and luminescence efficiency also have an effect, so although these differences should be taken into consideration, they will be omitted and will be included in the discussion of the abundance ratio between alleles.

 分析するアレルの存在比に差がある場合の、実効的なSTR-CEの分析範囲について図25を用いて説明する。増幅産物にはアレルαとアレルβが含まれているものとする。ただし、アレルαとβの量は増幅前または増幅後の時点でα>βであるものとする。アレルαの投入DNA量に対する増幅産物中の量またはCEのピーク強度のプロットをプロット805とする。アレルβの投入DNA量に対する増幅産物中の量またはCEのピーク強度のプロットをプロット806とする。プロット805、806は必ずしも直線とは限らない。アンプリコンαはDNA投入量aからbまでの範囲で分析できるものとする。また、アンプリコンβはDNA投入量cからdの範囲まで分析できるものとする。仮に、PCRの増幅がa~bの濃度範囲でリニアである場合、

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000008
が成り立つ。アンプリコンαとアンプリコンβの両方が正しく検出される実効的なSTR-CEの分析範囲803は、以下の式3
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000009
により表すことができる。b/a(範囲807)はCEのダイナミックレンジに対応していてもよく、ピークαを検出できるSTR-CEの分析範囲でもいい。 The effective analytical range of STR-CE when there is a difference in the abundance ratio of the alleles to be analyzed is explained using Figure 25. It is assumed that the amplification product contains allele α and allele β. However, it is assumed that the amounts of allele α and β are α>β before or after amplification. Plot 805 is a plot of the amount of allele α in the amplification product or the CE peak intensity against the amount of input DNA. Plot 806 is a plot of the amount of allele β in the amplification product or the CE peak intensity against the amount of input DNA. Plots 805 and 806 are not necessarily linear. It is assumed that amplicon α can be analyzed with DNA input amounts ranging from a to b. It is also assumed that amplicon β can be analyzed with DNA input amounts ranging from c to d. If PCR amplification is linear in the concentration range from a to b,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000008
The effective analytical range of STR-CE 803 where both amplicon α and amplicon β are correctly detected is expressed by the following formula 3:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000009
b/a (range 807) may correspond to the dynamic range of CE, or may be the analytical range of STR-CE in which peak α can be detected.

 実効分析範囲は式3のように、分析したいDNAの強度比が大きいほど小さくなる。 The effective analytical range becomes smaller as the intensity ratio of the DNA to be analyzed increases, as shown in Equation 3.

 図26に、範囲807に対応する数値と、n-mの設定値に対して、分割PCRで分析できる最小のアンプリコンに対する最大のアンプリコンの強度比α/βの対応表を示す。例えば、範囲807が120で、n-mが5に設定されている場合、存在比率が一番高いアレルに対して1/3.75の存在比率のアレルが、分析対象になる。逆に、分析したいアレルセットの強度比が図26に示す比率よりも大きい場合、最大のピークまたは最小のピークが分析上限または下限に抵触してしまう濃度が、分析範囲の内部に出現することを意味する。たとえば、図27(1)のように、αとβが両方検出できる濃度であれば問題ないが、図27(2)のように、αだけが検出できて、βは検出できないという状況が発生し得る。 Figure 26 shows a table showing the numerical values corresponding to the range 807 and the intensity ratio α/β of the maximum amplicon to the minimum amplicon that can be analyzed by split PCR for each set value of n-m. For example, if the range 807 is 120 and n-m is set to 5, the allele with an abundance ratio of 1/3.75 relative to the allele with the highest abundance ratio will be the analysis target. Conversely, if the intensity ratio of the allele set to be analyzed is greater than the ratio shown in Figure 26, it means that a concentration where the maximum or minimum peak hits the upper or lower analytical limit will appear within the analytical range. For example, as in Figure 27(1), there is no problem if the concentration is such that both α and β can be detected, but as in Figure 27(2), a situation may occur where only α can be detected and β cannot be detected.

 ピーク強度比が大きすぎるものは分析の対象としなくてもいい。例を以下に示す。
・STR-CEにはスタターピークが含まれており、1つの遺伝子座の中でピーク強度が1:20以上離れているピークはスタターピークとの区別が困難なため、1つの遺伝子座の中で1:20または1:40よりも強度比の大きいピークを分析しなくてもいい。
・劣化したDNAは、全体のDNA量も少なくなっている場合があるため、ピーク強度が1:20または1:40または1:100以上離れているピークを分析しなくてもいい。
・上記のように、極端にピーク間の強度比が大きくなるような電気泳動図では、小さいピークが有意でないため、分析対象となる最大のピーク強度に対する最小のピーク強度を規定するInter locus PHRの閾値が設定されていてもいい。図27を用いてmとnの間隔を設定する場合、分析対象とするアレルの存在比率はInter locus PHRの閾値よりもやや少なく設定することが好適である。
If the peak intensity ratio is too large, it is not necessary to analyze it. An example is shown below.
- STR-CE includes stutter peaks, and peaks with peak intensities more than 1:20 apart within a single locus are difficult to distinguish from stutter peaks, so there is no need to analyze peaks with intensity ratios greater than 1:20 or 1:40 within a single locus.
- Degraded DNA may also have a reduced total DNA amount, so there is no need to analyze peaks whose peak intensities are separated by more than 1:20, 1:40, or 1:100.
As described above, in an electropherogram in which the intensity ratio between peaks is extremely large, small peaks are not significant, so an inter locus PHR threshold that specifies the minimum peak intensity relative to the maximum peak intensity to be analyzed may be set. When setting the interval between m and n using Figure 27, it is preferable to set the abundance ratio of the allele to be analyzed to be slightly lower than the inter locus PHR threshold.

[nの設定方法]
 Partial profileも分析の対象とする場合、30~34サイクルが適切である。
[How to set n]
When a partial profile is also to be analyzed, 30 to 34 cycles is appropriate.

 1コピーのDNAに由来するピークはサイクル数を36に設定すれば検出することができる。 The peak resulting from one copy of DNA can be detected by setting the cycle number to 36.

 サイクル数が36を超えると、アーティファクト(特にスタターやDrop inの出現頻度が顕著に高くなる)が増えるにもかかわらず、個人に由来するピークの検出確率は向上しないため、36以上のサイクル数を設定することは好適でない。  When the number of cycles exceeds 36, the probability of detecting individual peaks does not improve, although the number of artifacts (especially stutters and drop-ins) increases. Therefore, it is not advisable to set the number of cycles to 36 or more.

 Partial profileを分析の対象としない場合は、30または29サイクル以下が適切である。 If partial profiles are not of interest for analysis, 30 or 29 cycles or less is appropriate.

 最小DNA量を含むサンプルについて、エラー判定数が一番少ない最小サイクル数を選択することが好ましく、実験で調べてもいい。 For the sample containing the smallest amount of DNA, it is preferable to select the smallest number of cycles that results in the fewest number of errors, which can be determined experimentally.

 nサイクルは1コピーに由来するアンプリコンのピークがATを必ず上回る最小のPCRサイクル数に設定されてもいい。 n cycles may be set to the minimum number of PCR cycles at which the peak of the amplicon derived from one copy always exceeds AT.

 nサイクルは20コピーのゲノムDNAに由来する増幅産物が必ずFull profileになる最小のPCRサイクル数に設定されていてもいい。 n cycles may be set to the minimum number of PCR cycles that ensures that the amplification products derived from 20 copies of genomic DNA will be full profile.

 nサイクルはスタターピークやそのほか増幅エラーに由来するピーク(IAPを除く)の強度比が閾値以上にならない最大のPCRサイクル数に設定されてもいい。 n cycles may be set to the maximum PCR cycle number at which the intensity ratio of stutter peaks or other peaks resulting from amplification errors (excluding IAP) does not exceed a threshold value.

 特定のサイクル数における検出下限を実験または計算で明らかにしたうえで、1サイクルごとに2倍ずつ検出下限が増減するという仮定の下、nを設定してもいい。ただし、DNA量があまりにも少ない場合はStochastic effectによってよりピーク強度のばらつきが大きくなるため、やや余裕のあるサイクル数を設定することがより好適である。 After clarifying the detection limit at a specific cycle number through experiments or calculations, n can be set under the assumption that the detection limit increases or decreases by a factor of two with each cycle. However, if the amount of DNA is too small, the stochastic effect will cause greater variance in peak intensity, so it is more appropriate to set a cycle number with some leeway.

 mとは独立して、上記で述べた方法でnを設定してもいい。ただし、mとnの間隔が広すぎる場合、間に分析できないDNA量が残ってしまう可能性がある。 You can set n as described above, independent of m. However, if the interval between m and n is too large, there is a possibility that some DNA will remain in between them and cannot be analyzed.

 mが先に設定されている場合、図26に示したような、分析対象としたいピークの強度比をカバーできるn-mの差分と、mの数値から設定してもいい。 If m is set first, it can be set from the difference of n-m that covers the intensity ratio of the peak to be analyzed, and the value of m, as shown in Figure 26.

 分析範囲803が既知の場合、mに対してlog2(分析範囲803)以下のサイクル数差を持ったnを設定することが好適である。 When the analytical range 803 is known, it is preferable to set n having a cycle number difference of log 2 (analytical range 803) or less with respect to m.

 各種分析システムのゆらぎやピーク強度比を加味して余裕をもったサイクル数を設定してもいい。 The number of cycles can be set with some leeway, taking into account the fluctuations of various analysis systems and peak intensity ratios.

[mの設定方法]
 DNA鑑定にて、PCRに投入されるDNAが1.5 μgを超えることはほぼないため、サイクル数を20よりも小さくしても、正しく検出できる遺伝子座の数が増えることはない。そのため、サイクル数は20以上に設定することが好適である。
[How to set m]
In DNA testing, the amount of DNA input to PCR rarely exceeds 1.5 μg, so setting the number of cycles below 20 will not increase the number of loci that can be correctly detected. Therefore, it is preferable to set the number of cycles to 20 or more.

 分析システムに持ち込まれ得る最大のDNA量を含むサンプルからPCRに投入されるDNA量を評価し、そのDNAをSTR-CE分析した時にOSやIPAフラグが出ていない最大のPCRサイクルに設定されることが好ましい。 It is preferable to evaluate the amount of DNA input to PCR from a sample containing the maximum amount of DNA that can be brought into the analysis system, and set the maximum PCR cycle that does not produce OS or IPA flags when the DNA is analyzed by STR-CE.

 STR-CEに投入される最大のDNA量が決まっている場合、より好適にはそのDNA量を入れたときに、図2の201~207を満たすことができる最大のサイクル数を設定することが望ましい。 If the maximum amount of DNA to be input into STR-CE is determined, it is more preferable to set the maximum number of cycles that can satisfy 201 to 207 in Figure 2 when that amount of DNA is input.

 各種分析システムのゆらぎやピーク強度比を加味して余裕をもったサイクル数を設定してもいい。 The number of cycles can be set with some leeway, taking into account the fluctuations of various analysis systems and peak intensity ratios.

 特定のサイクル数における検出下限、PCR投入DNA量、検出上限DNA量を調べ、1サイクルごとに2倍ずつ下限と上限が増減するという仮定の下、mを設定してもいい。 You can set m by examining the lower limit of detection, the amount of DNA input to PCR, and the upper limit of detection at a specific cycle number, and assuming that the lower and upper limits increase or decrease by a factor of two with each cycle.

 nとは独立して、上記で述べた方法でmを設定してもいい。ただし、mとnの間隔が広すぎる場合、間に分析できないDNA量が残ってしまう可能性がある。 You can set m as described above, independent of n. However, if the interval between m and n is too large, there is a possibility that some DNA will remain in between them and cannot be analyzed.

 nを先に設定する場合、図26に示したような、分析対象としたいピークの強度比をカバーできるn-mの差分と、nの数値から設定してもいい。 If you set n first, you can set it from the difference between n-m that covers the intensity ratio of the peak you want to analyze, as shown in Figure 26, and the value of n.

 分析範囲803が既知の場合、log2(分析範囲803)以下のサイクル数差を持ったmを設定することが好適である。 When the analytical range 803 is known, it is preferable to set m with a cycle number difference of log 2 (analytical range 803) or less.

 mとnの間隔が2または3であっても、分析範囲の拡大率は4倍または8倍に留まる。ロバスト性の高いDNA鑑定を実施するには分析範囲を1桁以上広げることが望ましい。それゆえ、mとnの間隔は4以上に設定されることが好適である。前述のとおり好適な分割PCRでは、nの設定値の最大は36で、mの設定値の最小は20であることから、nの設定値の最小値は24で、mの設定値の最大は32である。 Even if the interval between m and n is 2 or 3, the expansion rate of the analytical range is only 4 or 8 times. To perform highly robust DNA analysis, it is desirable to expand the analytical range by at least one order of magnitude. Therefore, it is preferable to set the interval between m and n to 4 or more. As mentioned above, in a suitable split PCR, the maximum setting value of n is 36 and the minimum setting value of m is 20, so the minimum setting value of n is 24 and the maximum setting value of m is 32.

[mとnを表から設定する]
 図28(1)にmとnを設定した時の分析範囲拡大率を示す。本表に基づいて、必要な拡大率を得るためにmとnの間隔を決めてもよい。ただし、本表は、Stochastic effectなどのDNA濃度範囲に依存した分析範囲の変化を考慮していない。また、もとの分析範囲が拡大率よりも大きい場合、図24(2)のように分析できないDNA量範囲が生じてしまうため不適である。また、アレル間の存在比の差が大きいDNAを分析対象とする場合、もとの分析範囲に対してギリギリの拡大率を設定すると分析できないアレルが出てしまう。
[Set m and n from the table]
Figure 28(1) shows the analysis range expansion ratio when m and n are set. The interval between m and n can be determined based on this table to obtain the required expansion ratio. However, this table does not take into account changes in the analysis range that depend on the DNA concentration range, such as the Stochastic effect. In addition, if the original analysis range is larger than the expansion ratio, it is inappropriate because it will result in a range of DNA amounts that cannot be analyzed, as shown in Figure 24(2). In addition, when analyzing DNA with a large difference in the abundance ratio between alleles, setting the expansion ratio to the limit of the original analysis range will result in alleles that cannot be analyzed.

 図28(2)に分割PCRによって拡大された分析範囲(の桁数)を示す。典型的なSTR-CEでは、PCR25サイクルの時に、Genomic DNA0.75 ng~48 ng (1.8桁)を分析することができる。ただし、この範囲は、個人のDNAによって変化し、またDNAの質によっても変化し、CE測定系によっても変化する。そのため、この範囲は都度測定系に対して評価する必要がある。また、ばらつきも加味する必要がある。ここではこの結果をもとに、mとnを変えたときの分析範囲の桁数と、nサイクルの分析下限とmサイクルの分析上限を示している。DNA量を減らした時のStochastic effectは加味していない。すべてサイクル数に対して2nで変化するものとして表は作製した。本表のようなものを作って、適切な下限と上限、分析範囲からmとnを決めてもいい。ただし、分析範囲の拡大率が、この場合は1.8桁を超える場合、図24(2)のように、分析範囲とされる区間に分析範囲からこぼれるDNA量範囲が生じてしまう。 Figure 28(2) shows the analytical range (number of digits) expanded by split PCR. In a typical STR-CE, genomic DNA 0.75 ng to 48 ng (1.8 digits) can be analyzed at 25 PCR cycles. However, this range varies depending on the individual's DNA, the quality of the DNA, and the CE measurement system. Therefore, this range needs to be evaluated for each measurement system. Variation must also be taken into account. Based on this result, the number of digits of the analytical range when m and n are changed, the analytical lower limit for n cycles, and the analytical upper limit for m cycles are shown here. The stochastic effect when the amount of DNA is reduced is not taken into account. The table was created assuming that everything changes by 2n with respect to the number of cycles. You can create a table like this and determine m and n from the appropriate lower and upper limits and analytical range. However, if the expansion rate of the analytical range exceeds 1.8 digits in this case, a range of DNA amount that falls outside the analytical range will be generated in the section considered to be the analytical range, as shown in Figure 24(2).

 典型的なCEのダイナミックレンジは2000以下である。理想的なDNA鑑定であってもピーク強度比が2倍以上になるため、nとmの差は9以下になっていることが望ましい。 The typical dynamic range of CE is 2000 or less. Even in ideal DNA testing, the peak intensity ratio will be more than twice as high, so it is desirable for the difference between n and m to be 9 or less.

 より高性能なCEのダイナミックレンジは4000以下である。多くのDNA鑑定ではピーク強度比が4倍以上あるため、nとmの差は9以下になっていることが望ましい。 The dynamic range of higher performance CE is 4000 or less. In many DNA tests, the peak intensity ratio is 4 times or more, so it is desirable for the difference between n and m to be 9 or less.

 上述のように、好適な範囲の一例では、mが20以上32以下である。また、好適な範囲の一例では、nが24以上36以下である。また、好適な範囲の一例では、nがmよりも4~9多い。 As mentioned above, one example of a suitable range is m equal to or greater than 20 and equal to or less than 32. Another example of a suitable range is n equal to or greater than 24 and equal to or less than 36. Another example of a suitable range is n being 4 to 9 more than m.

[分割のタイミング]
 図14のようにm回のサーマルサイクルが終わったのちにFinal extensionステップを行い分割し、n回のサーマルサイクルが終わったのちに再度Final extensionを行ってもいい。この場合には、たとえば、分析システム101は、PCR反応液mを50℃~80℃の範囲内の一定温度で1~20分保持し、その後に一部を取り出す。本構成の場合、PCR周りに必要なヒーターが1つで済むため、装置や流路デバイス構造がシンプルになる。
[Timing of division]
As shown in Figure 14, a final extension step may be performed after m thermal cycles, and the mixture may be divided, and then final extension may be performed again after n thermal cycles. In this case, for example, the analysis system 101 may hold PCR reaction solution m at a constant temperature in the range of 50°C to 80°C for 1 to 20 minutes, and then remove a portion of it. With this configuration, only one heater is required around the PCR, making the apparatus and flow path device structure simple.

 m回のサーマルサイクルが終わったのちに分割してからFinal extensionステップを行ってもいい。 After m thermal cycles are completed, you can split it up and then perform the final extension step.

 図29に分析システム101の使い方の抜粋を示す。図14と共通する部分は説明を省略する場合がある。図29に示すステップ601~612はステップ404(サンプルの増幅)からステップ405の詳細なステップの例に相当していてもよく、図29に示すステップ601~612に示すステップはステップ404から405のステップとは独立したプロセスであってもいい。  FIG. 29 shows an excerpt of how to use the analysis system 101. Explanations of parts common to FIG. 14 may be omitted. Steps 601 to 612 shown in FIG. 29 may correspond to examples of detailed steps from step 404 (amplification of the sample) to step 405, and steps 601 to 612 shown in FIG. 29 may be an independent process from steps 404 to 405.

 図29のような動作は図6の流路デバイス104で実施できる。図6では分注チャンバ320に接するように加熱部318が設置されている。ステップ603でm回のサイクルが終わったあと、ステップ605で分注チャンバ320で分割し、ステップ604でヒーターFinal extensionステップを行う。PCRチャンバに残されたPCR反応液はステップ604と並行してステップ608にてn-m回サーマルサイクルされてもよく、時間差で実施されてもいい。n回のサーマルサイクルののちに、産物nに対して保持チャンバにてFinal extensionステップを実施してもいい。すなわち、図29の例では、たとえば、分析システム101は、PCR反応液mの一部を50℃~80℃の範囲内の一定温度で1~20分保持する。 The operation shown in FIG. 29 can be performed by the flow path device 104 in FIG. 6. In FIG. 6, the heating unit 318 is installed so as to be in contact with the dispensing chamber 320. After m cycles are completed in step 603, the mixture is divided in the dispensing chamber 320 in step 605, and a heater final extension step is performed in step 604. The PCR reaction solution remaining in the PCR chamber may be thermal cycled n-m times in step 608 in parallel with step 604, or may be performed with a time lag. After n thermal cycles, a final extension step may be performed on product n in a holding chamber. That is, in the example of FIG. 29, for example, the analysis system 101 holds a portion of the PCR reaction solution m at a constant temperature in the range of 50°C to 80°C for 1 to 20 minutes.

 分割後に行うことのメリットとして、産物nがFinal extensionステップを2回経験しないため、アーティファクトが減ること、全体の時間が長くならないことが挙げられる。 The advantage of performing this after division is that product n does not go through the Final extension step twice, reducing artifacts and not lengthening the overall time.

[CE分析回結果のユーザへの提供方法]
 分割PCRでCEを2回以上行う場合、電気泳動図が2つ以上発生する。2つの電気泳動図またはDNA鑑定結果はどちらもユーザに提供してもいい。2つ以上の電気泳動図について、よりDNA鑑定に望ましいかどうかをスコアリングしてCE分析結果と併せて提供してもいい。
[How CE analysis results are provided to users]
If CE is performed more than once using split PCR, more than one electropherogram will be generated. Either the two electropherograms or the DNA analysis results may be provided to the user. The two or more electropherograms may be scored as to which is more suitable for DNA analysis and provided together with the CE analysis results.

 たとえば、分析システム101は、PCR反応液mの一部に対する電気泳動分析の結果と、PCR反応液nの少なくとも一部に対する電気泳動分析の結果とのうち、いずれがより良い結果であるかを判定し、当該より良い結果を出力してもよい。または、どちらが良い結果であるかを判定できる情報を出力してもよい。また、図2に示したフローチャートの一部を用いて、Full profileかどうかを知らせてもよい。スコアリングには、図2に登場する判定基準を満たした遺伝子座の数を用いてもよく、判定基準を満たさなかった遺伝子座の数を用いてもよく、判定基準を満たさないと判定したフラグの数を用いてもよく、あるいは判定基準をもとにしたアルゴリズムによって総合的に計算されてもいい。ユーザに提供されるのはDNA鑑定解析の途中段階のデータでもいい。Full profileが得られた方、またはより良い電気泳動図であると判定された方の分析結果のみをユーザに提供してもいい。このようにすると、結果の比較が効率的に行える。また、非専門家がシステムからデータを受け取ったときに、適切な結果を選択しやすい。 For example, the analysis system 101 may determine which of the results of electrophoretic analysis of a portion of the PCR reaction solution m and the results of electrophoretic analysis of at least a portion of the PCR reaction solution n is the better result, and output the better result. Alternatively, it may output information that allows for determining which result is the better result. Also, it may notify whether or not it is a full profile using a part of the flowchart shown in FIG. 2. For scoring, the number of loci that meet the judgment criteria shown in FIG. 2 may be used, the number of loci that do not meet the judgment criteria may be used, the number of flags that are judged not to meet the judgment criteria may be used, or a comprehensive calculation may be performed using an algorithm based on the judgment criteria. Data from an intermediate stage of DNA identification analysis may be provided to the user. Only the analysis results for the side that has obtained a full profile or is judged to have a better electropherogram may be provided to the user. In this way, the results can be compared efficiently. Also, it is easy for non-experts to select the appropriate result when they receive data from the system.

 分析結果がどちらも悪い場合は、専門家によるレビューを要求してもいい。 If both analyses come up with poor results, you may request an expert review.

 2個のデータを合成してDNA鑑定してもいい。特にピーク強度比が大きいようなDNA鑑定の場合、mでは最小の強度を示すアレルがAT未満になり、nでは最大の強度を示すアレルがOversaturationすることが想定し得る。この場合、mとnそれぞれから有意なピークまたはDNA鑑定結果を抜き出して、合成して提供することができる。すなわち、CEのダイナミックレンジを拡大するために本実施形態を利用することが可能である。 The two data sets may be combined for DNA analysis. In particular, in the case of DNA analysis where the peak intensity ratio is large, it is conceivable that the allele showing the minimum intensity at m will be less than AT, and the allele showing the maximum intensity at n will be oversaturated. In this case, significant peaks or DNA analysis results can be extracted from each of m and n, combined, and provided. In other words, this embodiment can be used to expand the dynamic range of CE.

 分析システムでCE測定する回数は2回であっても、1回であっても、さらに3回以上であってもいい。 The number of times CE is measured using an analytical system may be two, one, or even three or more times.

 サンプルの状態に応じて、1回だけ分析する場合と、2回分析する場合、またはそれ以上分析する場合があってもいい。毎回、1つのPCR産物だけを準備し、1回のCE分析しかしない場合と比べて、正しいDNA鑑定結果を得られる可能性があがり、かつ毎回多数回の測定を行わなくて済むため、低コスト、短時間での分析、スループットの向上が得られる。 Depending on the condition of the sample, it may be possible to analyze it once, twice, or even more than once. Compared to preparing only one PCR product each time and performing only one CE analysis, this increases the chances of obtaining correct DNA identification results, and also eliminates the need to perform multiple measurements each time, resulting in lower costs, shorter analysis times, and improved throughput.

 1回だけ分析する場合、測定するのは増幅産物mでもよく、増幅産物nでもいい。 If you are analyzing only once, you can measure either amplification product m or amplification product n.

 2回測定する場合、mサイクルの産物を2回測定してもよく、nサイクルの産物を2回測定してもよく、mサイクルのあとにnサイクルの産物を測定してもよく、nサイクルのあとにmサイクルの分析をしてもよく、mサイクルのデータの状況に関係なくnサイクルの分析を開始してもよく、nサイクルのデータの状態に関係なくmサイクルの分析を開始してもよく、mとnの分析を完全に同時に実施してもいい。 When measuring twice, the product of cycle m may be measured twice, the product of cycle n may be measured twice, the product of cycle m may be measured after cycle n, the analysis of cycle m may be performed after cycle n, the analysis of cycle n may be started regardless of the status of the data of cycle m, the analysis of cycle m may be started regardless of the status of the data of cycle n, or the analyses of m and n may be performed completely simultaneously.

 1回目の泳動結果が泳動不良になったら、もう一度おなじサイクル数の増幅産物を分析してもいい。また、1回目の泳動結果が泳動不良になったら、もう一方のサイクル数の産物を分析してもいい。ここでいう、泳動不良とは、サイズスタンダードピークの一部または全部が検出できていない状況、または溶液の搬送中にどこかで引っかかってしまった状況を指す。 If the first electrophoresis result is poor, you can analyze the amplified products with the same number of cycles again. Also, if the first electrophoresis result is poor, you can analyze the products with the other number of cycles. Poor electrophoresis here refers to a situation where some or all of the size standard peaks cannot be detected, or where the solution gets stuck somewhere during transport.

 増幅産物mまたはnのどちらかの分析結果を得たのちに、得られたDNA鑑定結果をデータベースと照合し、得られたフィードバックをもとに、もう一つの増幅産物の分析を開始または続行してもいい。 After obtaining analytical results for either amplification product m or n, the DNA identification results obtained can be compared against the database, and based on the feedback obtained, analysis of the other amplification product can be started or continued.

 増幅産物mまたはnのどちらかの分析結果を得たのちに、もう一方の増幅産物を分析するかどうかは、ユーザが判断してもいい。ユーザが1つめのデータまたは分析スコアを見て判断してもよく、データ関係なく任意のタイミングで2回目を測定するかを判断してもいい。産物mまたはnはデバイス内部または外部に保持され、測定がいったん終了したのちにカートリッジまたは分析システム101から取り出され、装置の外で測定されてもいい。また、一定期間カートリッジ内に保管し、あとから装置内で再測定してもいい。その間は、増幅産物は冷蔵または冷凍で保管されていることが望ましい。増幅産物は泳動試薬と混合されて泳動サンプルの状態で保管されていてもよく、泳動試薬と混合される前の状態で保管されていてもいい。 After obtaining the analysis results for either amplification product m or n, the user may decide whether to analyze the other amplification product. The user may make the decision by looking at the first data or analysis score, or may decide whether to perform a second measurement at any time regardless of the data. Product m or n may be held inside or outside the device, and once the measurement is completed, it may be removed from the cartridge or analysis system 101 and measured outside the device. It may also be stored in the cartridge for a certain period of time and then re-measured later in the device. During that time, it is desirable to store the amplification products in a refrigerated or frozen state. The amplification products may be mixed with the electrophoresis reagent and stored in the form of an electrophoresis sample, or may be stored in a state before being mixed with the electrophoresis reagent.

<増幅産物mを先に分析する場合>
 mの増幅産物を先に分析する場合、図30に示すようなフローチャートにのっとって増幅産物nを分析するかどうか決定してもいい。ただし、図30に示すフローチャートは1例で、ここにない判定基準や分岐条件が含まれていてもいい。例えば得られたピーク数、遺伝子座数、データがミックスかどうか、等に応じて判定基準が変化してもいい。また、図30に示されている判定基準が部分的にまたは全部省略されてもよく、または別の基準に置き換えられていてもいい。
<When analyzing amplification product m first>
When the amplification product m is analyzed first, it may be determined whether or not to analyze the amplification product n according to a flowchart as shown in Figure 30. However, the flowchart shown in Figure 30 is only an example, and judgment criteria and branching conditions not shown here may be included. For example, the judgment criteria may change depending on the number of peaks obtained, the number of loci, whether the data is mixed, etc. Furthermore, the judgment criteria shown in Figure 30 may be omitted partially or entirely, or may be replaced with other criteria.

 mの泳動結果をユーザに提供して、nの産物を分析するか判定して開始してもいい。 The electrophoresis results of m can be provided to the user to decide whether to analyze the product of n and then start.

 また、nを同時または並行して分析している場合は、ユーザまたは図30のフローチャートの判定結果に基づいて、途中で分析を中断してもよい。 In addition, if n is being analyzed simultaneously or in parallel, the analysis may be interrupted midway based on the judgment results of the user or the flowchart in Figure 30.

 判定セット1:CE検出系を飽和しているピークが存在するか。もし存在する場合は増幅産物nの分析は行わないまたは中断する。 Criteria set 1: Is there a peak that saturates the CE detection system? If so, do not perform or discontinue analysis of amplification product n.

 判定セット2: Full profileが得られているか。もし得られている場合は増幅産物nの分析は行わないまたは中断する。 Criteria set 2: Has a full profile been obtained? If so, do not perform or discontinue analysis of amplification product n.

 判定セット3: IAP+フラグが出ているか。もし出ている場合は、増幅産物nの分析を開始または続行する。 Case Set 3: Is the IAP+ flag present? If so, begin or continue analysis of amplicon n.

 判定セット4:すべてのピークがOS強度の1/2以下になっているか。または、すべてのピークが分割PCRによって期待される拡大率でOSを割った強度以下になっているか。または追加のPCRサイクルn-m回を行ったときにサチュレーションを起こさない強度以下になっているか。または任意のピーク強度に達していないか。もし達している場合は増幅産物nの分析は行わないまたは中断する。 Criteria set 4: Are all peaks at half or less than the OS intensity? Or are all peaks at or less than the intensity calculated by dividing the OS by the amplification rate expected by split PCR? Or are they at or below the intensity that would not cause saturation when additional PCR cycles n-m times are performed? Or have any peak intensities been reached? If so, do not perform or discontinue analysis of amplification product n.

 mとnの間隔が2の場合、泳動産物mのCE分析でほとんどピークが検出されなければ、泳動産物nでも有意なデータを得ることはできないため、mの分析結果を得た後にnの分析をすることは有意でない。同様に、mとnの間隔が狭い場合、mの分析結果からあまりにもDNA量が少ないと判定されればnの分析を行わなくてもいい。DNA量が少なすぎるかどうか判定する際は、検出されたピークの数を用いてもよく、ピーク強度を用いてもいい。 When the interval between m and n is 2, if almost no peaks are detected in the CE analysis of electrophoretic product m, no significant data can be obtained from electrophoretic product n, so it is meaningless to analyze n after obtaining the analysis results of m. Similarly, when the interval between m and n is narrow, if the analysis results of m indicate that the amount of DNA is too low, there is no need to analyze n. When determining whether the amount of DNA is too low, the number of detected peaks or the peak intensity can be used.

 各種判定セットは、各遺伝子座がヘテロ接合か、ホモ接合か、mixか、またはSingleかに応じ、異なる判定基準セットが用いられてもいい。 Different sets of criteria may be used for each determination set depending on whether each locus is heterozygous, homozygous, mixed, or single.

 IAP-ピークが閾値を超えてしまっている場合は、nサイクルの分析をしてもいい。IAP-ピークは、投入DNA量がPCRサイクルに対して過少量しか回されなかった場合に生じるため、サイクル数を増やすことで軽減できると考えられる。 If the IAP peak exceeds the threshold, you can perform n cycles of analysis. IAP peaks occur when an insufficient amount of DNA is input compared to the PCR cycles, so they can be reduced by increasing the number of cycles.

 そのほか、mのCE分析結果から、nの分析を行っても有意なCE分析結果が明らかに得られないと判断した場合は、nの分析は中断または実施しないという判断ができるように、各種閾値や判定アルゴリズムが設けられていてもいい。 In addition, various thresholds and decision algorithms may be provided so that if it is determined from the CE analysis results of m that significant CE analysis results will not be obtained even if analysis of n is performed, a decision can be made to discontinue or not perform analysis of n.

<増幅産物nを先に分析する場合>
 nの増幅産物を先に分析する場合、図31に示すようなフローチャートにのっとって増幅産物mを分析するかどうか決定してもいい。ただし、図31に示すフローチャートは1例で、ここにない判定基準や分岐条件が含まれていてもいい。例えば得られたピーク数、遺伝子座数、データがミックスかどうか、等に応じて変化する判定基準が想定し得る。また、図31に示されている判定基準が部分的にまたは全部省略され、または別の基準に置き換えられていてもいい。
<When analyzing amplification product n first>
When the amplification product n is analyzed first, it may be determined whether or not to analyze the amplification product m according to a flowchart as shown in FIG. 31. However, the flowchart shown in FIG. 31 is only an example, and judgment criteria and branching conditions not shown here may be included. For example, judgment criteria that change depending on the number of peaks obtained, the number of loci, whether the data is mixed, etc. may be conceivable. Furthermore, the judgment criteria shown in FIG. 31 may be omitted in part or in whole, or replaced with other criteria.

 nの泳動結果をユーザに提供して、mの産物を分析するか判定して開始してもいい。 The electrophoretic results of n can be provided to the user to decide whether to analyze the product of m and then start.

 また、mを同時または並行して分析している場合は、ユーザまたは図30のフローチャートの判定結果に基づいて、途中で分析を中断してもよい。 In addition, if m is being analyzed simultaneously or in parallel, the analysis may be interrupted midway based on the judgment results of the user or the flowchart in Figure 30.

 判定セット1:CE検出系を飽和しているピークが存在するか。もし存在する場合は増幅産物mの分析を開始または続行する。 Decision set 1: Is there a peak that is saturating the CE detection system? If so, start or continue analysis of amplification product m.

 判定セット2: IAP+フラグが出ているか。もし出ていない場合は、増幅産物mの分析を行わないまたは中断する。 Criteria set 2: Is the IAP+ flag present? If not, do not perform or discontinue analysis of amplification product m.

 そのほか、nのCE分析結果から、mの分析を行っても有意なCE分析結果が明らかに得られないと判断した場合は、mの分析は中断または実施しないという判断ができるように、各種閾値や判定アルゴリズムが設けられていてもいい。 In addition, various thresholds and decision algorithms may be provided so that if it is determined from the CE analysis results of n that significant CE analysis results will not be obtained even if analysis of m is performed, a decision can be made to discontinue or not perform analysis of m.

 このように、分析システム101は、PCR反応液mの一部およびPCR反応液nの少なくとも一部のうち一方を、CE部105において電気泳動分析し、当該一方の電気泳動分析の結果に基づいて、他方について電気泳動分析の実行を制御する。たとえば、一方の電気泳動分析の結果に基づいて他方の電気泳動分析を開始するか否かを決定してもよいし、他方の電気泳動分析が開始された後に、一方の電気泳動分析の結果に基づいて他方の電気泳動分析を継続するか否かを決定してもよい。このようにすると、不要または非効率な電気泳動分析が省略され、全体の処理が効率化される。 In this way, the analysis system 101 performs electrophoretic analysis on one of a portion of the PCR reaction solution m and at least a portion of the PCR reaction solution n in the CE unit 105, and controls the execution of the electrophoretic analysis of the other based on the results of the electrophoretic analysis of the one. For example, it may be determined whether or not to start the electrophoretic analysis of the other based on the results of the electrophoretic analysis of one, or, after the electrophoretic analysis of the other has started, it may be determined whether or not to continue the electrophoretic analysis of the one based on the results of the electrophoretic analysis of the other. In this way, unnecessary or inefficient electrophoretic analyses are omitted, making the overall processing more efficient.

[nとmの両方がプリセットされている]
 分析システム101には2つの異なるサイクル数、nとmがプリセットされていてもいい。mとnは先に述べたように、CE分析範囲やDNAの増幅可能量に応じて適切に設定されていることが好適である。
[Both n and m are preset]
Two different cycle numbers, n and m, may be preset in the analysis system 101. As described above, it is preferable that m and n are appropriately set according to the CE analysis range and the amplifiable amount of DNA.

 測定サンプル種によって、表3のように、異なるnとmのセットと分析プロトコルが設定されていてもいい。 Depending on the type of sample being measured, different sets of n and m and analysis protocols may be set, as shown in Table 3.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010

 例えば、頬スワブのように多量のDNAがある程度安定して含まれている場合は、「頬スワブモード」を選択し、分割を行わずに(または分割しても一方のCE分析のみの分析をし、失敗した場合にのみもう一方の増幅産物の分析をおこなう)26サイクルでSTR-CE分析してもいい。また、DVIサンプル(disaster victim identification、災害や大規模テロで生じた遺体の身元特定を行うためのDNA鑑定)を行う場合向けに「DVIサンプルモード」が備えられていてもいい。DVIサンプルには、比較的多くのDNAが含まれている可能性が高いので、例えば[m=25,n=31]に設定する。多くの場合、DVIサンプルには比較的多くのDNAが含まれているため、先にmサイクルの分析を開始し、図30に示したような判定フローで増幅産物nの分析を開始または継続してもいい。また、犯罪現場で得られたDNAを分析する際は、DNA量が少ない頻度が高いため、[m=26,n=31]が設定された「Casework sampleモード」を選択してもいい。Casework sampleの場合は、含まれるDNA量が極微量である確率のほうが高いため、先にnの分析を開始し、図31に示したような判定フローでmの分析を行うかまたは継続するための判定を下してもいい。また、Touch sampleの場合、含まれるDNAはごく微量であるか、劣化していてピーク強度のばらつきが大きくなっているか、混合DNAになっている可能性が高い。そのため「Touch sampleモード」ではほかのモードに比べて、mとnの間隔が狭く設定されていることが好適である。また、含まれるDNAが少ない確率が高いため、nのサンプルから分析することが好適である。 For example, if a buccal swab contains a relatively large amount of stable DNA, the buccal swab mode can be selected and STR-CE analysis can be performed in 26 cycles without splitting (or splitting and analyzing only one side of the sample for CE analysis, and only analyzing the other amplification product if that fails). A DVI sample mode can also be provided for DVI samples (disaster victim identification, DNA analysis for identifying bodies from disasters or large-scale terrorist attacks). DVI samples are likely to contain a relatively large amount of DNA, so for example, [m=25,n=31] can be set. In many cases, DVI samples contain a relatively large amount of DNA, so analysis of m cycles can be started first, and analysis of amplification product n can be started or continued using the judgment flow shown in Figure 30. When analyzing DNA obtained at a crime scene, the amount of DNA is often low, so the casework sample mode with [m=26,n=31] can be selected. In the case of a casework sample, there is a high probability that the amount of DNA contained will be extremely small, so analysis of n can be started first, and a decision can be made to proceed with or continue analysis of m using the decision flow shown in Figure 31. In addition, in the case of a touch sample, there is a high possibility that the DNA contained will be extremely small, will have been degraded and the peak intensity will vary greatly, or will be mixed DNA. For this reason, it is preferable to set the interval between m and n narrower in the "touch sample mode" compared to other modes. Also, since there is a high probability that the DNA contained will be small, it is preferable to start analysis with sample n.

 CEが1サンプルにつき2本以上存在する場合は、mとnの分析は同時に行ってもよい。また、上記のプリセットmおよびnおよび測定順はユーザが都度変更してもいい。表3に示したmとnの数値は一例であり、プリセットされたmおよびnは、開発時にValidationテストを行い、もっともDNA鑑定が成功する確率が高くなるように設定されていてもよい。 If there are two or more CEs per sample, the analyses of m and n may be performed simultaneously. The above preset m and n and the measurement order may be changed by the user on each occasion. The values of m and n shown in Table 3 are examples, and the preset m and n may be set during development through validation testing to maximize the probability of successful DNA identification.

[本実施形態のポイント]
 以上の実施形態では、mとnの分析を毎回両方行う場合と、mとnのどちらかのみを分析する回が存在する実施について述べた。
[Key Points of the Present Embodiment]
In the above embodiment, the cases where both m and n are analyzed each time and the cases where only one of m and n is analyzed are described.

 2つのサイクル数で準備された増幅産物のうち、どちらか一方が、要求される品質のデータを提供することができなくても、もう一つの増幅産物からは要求される品質のデータが得られる可能性は、1つのサイクル数で準備した場合に比べて高い。 If one of the amplification products prepared using two cycles does not provide data of the required quality, the other amplification product is more likely to provide data of the required quality than if it were prepared using a single cycle.

 2つのサイクル数で準備された増幅産物のうち、どちらか一方が、要求される品質のデータを提供することができなくても、もう一つの増幅産物が準備されているため、サンプルが無駄になる確率を下げることができる。また、サンプルが無駄になる確率が減るため、再度サンプルを採取および前処理する手間が省ける。結果的に、本実施形態を用いてサンプルを2つ準備して、2つ分析するほうが、本実施形態を用いない場合に比べて平均のデータ取得時間が短くなる。 Even if one of the amplification products prepared using two cycle numbers cannot provide data of the required quality, the other amplification product is prepared, reducing the probability of the sample going to waste. In addition, because the probability of the sample going to waste is reduced, the effort of collecting and pretreating the sample again is eliminated. As a result, the average data acquisition time is shorter when two samples are prepared using this embodiment and two samples are analyzed compared to when this embodiment is not used.

 mサイクルのPCR産物を分割して、残りのPCR産物をPCRサイクルせずに、mサイクルのPCR産物のみCE分析する場合、もしmサイクルのPCR産物のCE分析結果が要求される品質を満たさなかった時に残りのPCR産物に対してn-mのPCRを実施してnサイクルのPCR産物を準備することもできる。ただし、泳動サンプルmのCE分析の待ち時間、PCR産物を放置するとポリメラーゼの活性が低下したり、放置温度によってはアーティファクトが大量に増えてしまうため、nサイクルのPCR産物のCE分析結果も要求される品質を満たせない。 If the m cycle PCR product is divided and the remaining PCR product is not PCR cycled, and only the m cycle PCR product is CE analyzed, if the CE analysis result of the m cycle PCR product does not meet the required quality, it is possible to perform n-m PCR on the remaining PCR product to prepare the n cycle PCR product. However, if the PCR product is left unattended during the waiting time for CE analysis of electrophoresis sample m, the activity of the polymerase will decrease, and depending on the leaving temperature, a large amount of artifacts will increase, so the CE analysis result of the n cycle PCR product will not meet the required quality either.

 nサイクルのPCR産物のみを準備して、nサイクルのPCR産物のみCE分析する場合、もしnサイクルのPCR産物のCE分析結果が要求される品質を満たさなかった時にmサイクルのPCR産物の準備が無いと、サンプルは無駄になってしまう。 If only n-cycle PCR products are prepared and only n-cycle PCR products are subjected to CE analysis, if the CE analysis results of the n-cycle PCR products do not meet the required quality and no m-cycle PCR products are prepared, the sample will be wasted.

 PCR反応に使うDNA溶液をPCR前に分割する場合、それぞれに投入されるDNA量が減るため、感度が下がる。一方で、PCR反応がある程度進んだ後であれば(例えば4サイクル以上)、1つのアレルにつき10以上のアンプリコンが含まれているため、分割が感度に影響を及ぼさない。 If the DNA solution used in the PCR reaction is divided before PCR, the amount of DNA added to each part is reduced, resulting in a decrease in sensitivity. On the other hand, if the PCR reaction has progressed to a certain extent (for example, after 4 cycles or more), each allele contains 10 or more amplicons, so division does not affect sensitivity.

 分割は、mサイクルが終わったタイミングで行うことが望ましい。mサイクルが終わる前に分割し、分割後にそれぞれのチャンバで合計mサイクルになるように残りのPCR反応を行う場合、それぞれのチャンバにPCR温調機を設置する必要があるため、装置が大型化する。また、分割時にアーティファクトが生じる可能性があるため、サイクル数が可能な限り大きくなってから分割することが好適である。 It is desirable to divide the sample when m cycles have been completed. If the sample is divided before m cycles have been completed and the remaining PCR reactions are carried out in each chamber after the division so that a total of m cycles are achieved, a PCR temperature controller must be installed in each chamber, which increases the size of the device. Also, since there is a possibility of artifacts occurring during division, it is preferable to divide the sample after the number of cycles has reached as large as possible.

 PCR後に異なる希釈率の泳動サンプルを複数準備することで、実効的なCEの分析範囲を拡大することができる。すなわちCEのOversaturationの発生やピーク強度がATを下回る頻度を抑制できる。ただし、増幅産物が多すぎることで、ピークの強度バランスや、ピーク割れが生じる問題は、PCR後の希釈では解決せず、PCR前またはPCR中に対処することが必要である。すなわち、分割PCRが適当である。 By preparing multiple electrophoretic samples with different dilution rates after PCR, the effective analytical range of CE can be expanded. In other words, the occurrence of CE oversaturation and the frequency with which peak intensities fall below the AT can be suppressed. However, problems with peak intensity balance and peak splitting caused by too many amplified products cannot be solved by dilution after PCR, and must be addressed before or during PCR. In other words, split PCR is appropriate.

 分割するためのサイクル数が分析サンプルに対して適切に設定されているため最低限の分割数で最大限の分析範囲拡大率が得られる。すなわち、分析範囲拡大時の、測定時間は最低限で済む。 The number of cycles for division is set appropriately for the analytical sample, so the maximum expansion rate of the analytical range can be obtained with the minimum number of divisions. In other words, the measurement time is kept to a minimum when the analytical range is expanded.

 PCRに投入する前のDNA量をコントロールすることで、実効的な分析範囲を拡大することもできる。例えば、精製膜に吸着するDNA量の上限を、精製膜の容量や体積、精製プロトコルの変更等によって削減することができる。しかし、典型的な精製膜では、吸着上限を下げるために体積を小さくすると、溶液の通過具合が悪くなったり、DNAの収率(特に短い、劣化したDNA)が低下したりしてしまう。そのため、精製段階でのDNA量コントロールには限界がある。また、PCR前にDNA量を定量することで、PCRサイクル数をコントロールするか、希釈率を変えて、実効的な分析範囲を広げることも可能である。しかし、定量ステップは、追加の検出系が必要なうえに、流路デバイスの複雑化は免れない。定量エラーによる分析失敗の可能性もあるため、分割PCRのほうが好適である。  By controlling the amount of DNA before inputting it into PCR, the effective analytical range can be expanded. For example, the upper limit of the amount of DNA adsorbed to the purification membrane can be reduced by changing the capacity or volume of the purification membrane or the purification protocol. However, with a typical purification membrane, reducing the volume to lower the upper limit of adsorption can result in poor passage of the solution and a decrease in the DNA yield (especially for short, degraded DNA). Therefore, there is a limit to how much DNA can be controlled at the purification stage. In addition, by quantifying the amount of DNA before PCR, it is possible to control the number of PCR cycles or change the dilution rate to expand the effective analytical range. However, the quantification step requires an additional detection system and inevitably complicates the flow path device. Since there is a possibility of analysis failure due to quantification errors, split PCR is more preferable.

 本実施形態とPCR後の希釈および精製DNA量の制御は組み合わせて実施されてもいい。組み合わせることで、より確実にまたは広範囲DNA量のDNA分析が可能になる。 This embodiment may be combined with dilution after PCR and control of the amount of purified DNA. By combining them, DNA analysis can be performed more reliably or over a wide range of DNA amounts.

 各サイクルごと、または1サイクル飛ばして、都度PCR反応液を取り出してCE測定することで、すべてのDNA濃度範囲に対して適したDNA分析ができる。しかし、流路デバイスでは、3回以上、または4回以上、または5回以上溶液を取り出して、かつそのあと泳動試薬との混合ができるような機構を設けることは困難である。また、各サイクルごと、または1サイクル飛ばしで分割して、2つまたは3つまたは4つの増幅産物を測定しても、分析範囲の拡大率は2倍、4倍、8倍に留まり、様々なDNA量を含むサンプルの分析に適するとは限らない。加えて、STR-PCRで、Final extensionをPCRチャンバと同一のチャンバで実施する場合、mとnの間隔が狭いと(例えば1サイクル、または2サイクル)PCRに投入されたDNA量によってはFinal extensionの時間が過剰で、A++ピークが多く出てしまう可能性もある。特に、加熱部318が設けられていないような分析システムで、図14のような同一のチャンバでFinal extensionを行うような分割PCRデバイスの場合は、nとmの間隔が狭いとA++ピークが多く出てしまうため、2以上が好ましい。 By taking out the PCR reaction solution after each cycle or after every cycle and measuring the CE, DNA analysis suitable for all DNA concentration ranges can be performed. However, it is difficult to provide a mechanism for taking out the solution three or more times, four or more times, or five or more times in a flow path device and then mixing it with the electrophoresis reagent. In addition, even if two, three, or four amplification products are measured after each cycle or after every cycle, the expansion rate of the analysis range is only 2x, 4x, or 8x, which is not necessarily suitable for analyzing samples containing various amounts of DNA. In addition, when performing final extension in STR-PCR in the same chamber as the PCR chamber, if the interval between m and n is narrow (for example, 1 cycle or 2 cycles), the final extension time may be excessive depending on the amount of DNA input to the PCR, and many A++ peaks may be obtained. In particular, in the case of an analysis system that does not have a heating unit 318 and a split PCR device that performs final extension in the same chamber as shown in Figure 14, if the interval between n and m is narrow, many A++ peaks will appear, so a value of 2 or more is preferable.

[キャピラリ本数に応じた流し方]
i)1つサンプルにつき、1本のキャピラリしか使えない場合
 図32に分析システム101の動作タイミングについて典型例を示す。本動作タイミングは、まずステップ401にて1つ目のサンプルAが投入され、ステップ402~404にて前処理カートリッジでサンプルが処理され、ステップ405で泳動サンプルmまたはnがCEで分析される。
[Flow method according to the number of capillaries]
i) When only one capillary can be used per sample: Figure 32 shows a typical example of the operation timing of the analysis system 101. In this operation timing, the first sample A is loaded in step 401, the sample is processed in the pre-processing cartridge in steps 402 to 404, and the electrophoretic sample m or n is analyzed by CE in step 405.

 図32のような動作手順は、1つのサンプル前処理部に対して、1つのCE部がある場合に好適である。このような構成は装置が小型で持ち運びに便利である。 The operating procedure shown in Figure 32 is suitable when there is one CE section for one sample pretreatment section. This type of configuration makes the device small and easy to carry.

 ステップ405で1つ目のCE分析が終わったタイミングでユーザにデータを提供してもいい。ユーザが2つめの泳動サンプルの分析の開始または続行を判断してもいい。また、先に述べた判定方法で2つ目の分析の開始または続行を判断してもいい。なぜなら、毎回2回測定すると、CEの測定時間が2倍になるため、スループットが上がらないからである。 The data may be provided to the user when the first CE analysis is completed in step 405. The user may decide to start or continue the analysis of the second electrophoretic sample. The user may also decide to start or continue the second analysis using the determination method described above. This is because performing two measurements each time would double the CE measurement time, which would not increase throughput.

 サンプルAの前処理が終わったタイミングでサンプルBの前処理(ステップ401~404)が開始されてもいい。この場合、サンプルAの入ったカートリッジは取り外されるため、CE分析が開始されていない泳動サンプルは待機部321に保持されていてもよく、CEサンプルは泳動中であってもいい。 When the pretreatment of sample A is completed, the pretreatment of sample B (steps 401 to 404) may be started. In this case, the cartridge containing sample A is removed, so the electrophoretic sample for which CE analysis has not yet begun may be held in the waiting section 321, and the CE sample may be in the middle of electrophoresis.

ii)1つのサンプルにつき、2本のキャピラリが使える場合
 図33に分析システムの動作タイミングについて典型例を示す。
ii) When two capillaries can be used for one sample Figure 33 shows a typical example of the operation timing of an analytical system.

 1つのサンプル分析部に対して、2つのCE部が用意されていてもいい。この場合、CE部はサンプル処理部に対して2倍の本数備えられていることが好適である。また、複数のサンプル分析部と同数またはそれ以上のCE部が備えられていてもいい。 Two CE units may be provided for one sample analysis unit. In this case, it is preferable that the number of CE units is twice as many as the number of sample processing units. Also, the same number or more CE units as multiple sample analysis units may be provided.

 図33(1)のように、泳動サンプルmと泳動サンプルnはそれぞれ準備出来次第ステップ405でCE測定されてもよく、図33(2)のように両方の準備ができた後に同時にステップ405で分析開始してもいい。また、CE部の本数がサンプル処理部と同数しか無くて空きがない時は、泳動サンプルmまたは泳動サンプルnから順に測定してもいい。 As shown in Figure 33(1), electrophoretic sample m and electrophoretic sample n may be subjected to CE measurement in step 405 as soon as they are prepared, or as shown in Figure 33(2), analysis may start simultaneously in step 405 after both are prepared. Also, when there are only as many CE sections as sample processing sections and no free space, electrophoretic sample m or electrophoretic sample n may be measured in that order.

[実施例1]
 分析システム101には、1つの流路デバイス104と1つのCE部105が備えられている。
[Example 1]
The analysis system 101 is provided with one flow path device 104 and one CE unit 105 .

 流路デバイス104の溶解チャンバ301(サンプル等入口)に、未知量のDNAが含まれる法医学サンプルが投入される。ステップ401~403の処理が流路デバイス104内で自動で実施される。 A forensic sample containing an unknown amount of DNA is placed into the dissolution chamber 301 (sample inlet) of the flow path device 104. The processes of steps 401 to 403 are automatically performed within the flow path device 104.

 ステップ502にてmサイクルのPCRを行った後に、ステップ503でmサイクルの増幅産物を取り出す。サンプルをCE部105にサンプルを送り込み、ステップ504でCE測定を開始する。320ステップと並行して、ステップ505にて、PCRチャンバ304内に残されたPCR反応液に対してnサイクルのPCRを実施する。ステップ504のCE測定が終了し、次のCE測定が開始可能になったら、nサイクルの産物をCE部105に送り込み、ステップ507にてCE測定する。 After m cycles of PCR are performed in step 502, m cycles of amplified product are extracted in step 503. The sample is sent to the CE unit 105, and CE measurement is started in step 504. In parallel with step 320, n cycles of PCR are performed on the PCR reaction solution remaining in the PCR chamber 304 in step 505. When the CE measurement in step 504 is completed and the next CE measurement can be started, the n cycles of product are sent to the CE unit 105, and CE measurement is performed in step 507.

[実施例2]
 分析システム101には、1つの流路デバイス104と2つのCE部105が備えられている。
[Example 2]
The analysis system 101 is equipped with one flow path device 104 and two CE units 105 .

 流路デバイス104の溶解チャンバ301(サンプル等入口)に、未知量のDNAが含まれる法医学サンプルが投入される。ステップ401~403の処理が流路デバイス104内で自動で実施される。 A forensic sample containing an unknown amount of DNA is placed into the dissolution chamber 301 (sample inlet) of the flow path device 104. The processes of steps 401 to 403 are automatically performed within the flow path device 104.

 ステップ502にてmサイクルのPCRを行った後に、ステップ503でPCRチャンバ304から増幅産物mを取り出す。サンプルをCE部105の一方にサンプルを送り込む。503ステップと並行して、ステップ505にて、PCRチャンバ内に残されたPCR反応液に対してnサイクルのPCRを実施する。ステップ506にて、nサイクルの産物をCE部105に送り込み、2本のキャピラリに、泳動サンプルmとnそれぞれが格納された状態で、ステップ504とステップ507を同時に開始する。 After performing m cycles of PCR in step 502, amplified product m is extracted from PCR chamber 304 in step 503. The sample is sent to one side of CE section 105. In parallel with step 503, n cycles of PCR are performed on the PCR reaction solution remaining in the PCR chamber in step 505. In step 506, the product of n cycles is sent to CE section 105, and with electrophoretic samples m and n stored in the two capillaries, steps 504 and 507 are started simultaneously.

 101 分析システム
 102 コンピュータ
 103 データベース
 104 流路デバイス
 105 CE部
 106 ユーザインターフェイス
 201~207 判定基準
 301 溶解チャンバ
 302 精製膜
 303 精製膜チャンバ
 304 PCRチャンバ
 305 廃液チャンバ
 306 外部接続口
 307 ポンプおよびバルブ
 308 PCR試薬貯留部
 309 PCR試薬
 310 泳動試薬貯留部
 311 泳動試薬
 312~314 試薬貯留部
 315 流路
 316 流路
 317 加熱部
 318 加熱部
 319 流路
 320 分注チャンバ
 321 待機部
 322 流路
 323~326 バルブ
 327 混合チャンバ
 328~330 流路
 331 泳動試薬貯留部
 332~334 空気貯留部
 335 PCR反応液
 336 泳動サンプル
 337~339 バルブ
 401 サンプル投入ステップ
 402 溶解ステップ
 403 精製ステップ
 404 増幅ステップ
 405 検出ステップ
 701 液面
 702 ベントフィルタ
 703 流路
 704 流路抵抗体
 705 液面検知センサ
 801 CEの検出上限またはPCRの増幅産物濃度上限
 802 CEの検出下限
 803 STR-CEの分析範囲
 804 分割PCRによるSTR-CEの分析範囲
 805,806 プロット
 807 CEのダイナミックレンジ
101 Analysis system 102 Computer 103 Database 104 Flow path device 105 CE section 106 User interface 201-207 Judgment criteria 301 Lysis chamber 302 Purification membrane 303 Purification membrane chamber 304 PCR chamber 305 Waste chamber 306 External connection port 307 Pump and valve 308 PCR reagent storage section 309 PCR reagent 310 Running reagent storage section 311 Running reagent 312-314 Reagent storage section 315 Flow path 316 Flow path 317 Heating section 318 Heating section 319 Flow path 320 Dispensing chamber 321 Waiting section 322 Flow path 323-326 Valve 327 Mixing chamber 328-330 Flow path 331 Running reagent storage section 332-334 Air reservoir 335 PCR reaction solution 336 Electrophoresis sample 337-339 Valve 401 Sample input step 402 Dissolution step 403 Purification step 404 Amplification step 405 Detection step 701 Liquid level 702 Vent filter 703 Flow path 704 Flow path resistor 705 Liquid level sensor 801 CE detection upper limit or PCR amplification product concentration upper limit 802 CE detection lower limit 803 STR-CE analysis range 804 STR-CE analysis range by split PCR 805,806 Plot 807 CE dynamic range

Claims (17)

 サーマルサイクルを実施するPCRチャンバを有する流路デバイスと、
 PCR反応液を電気泳動分析するキャピラリ電気泳動部と、
を有するDNA分析システムにおいて、
 前記DNA分析システムは、
 事前に設定されるmおよびnの値を記憶し、
 前記PCRチャンバにおいて、PCR反応液に対しm回のサーマルサイクルを実施して第1反応液を生成し、
 前記第1反応液の一部を、組成を変えずに前記PCRチャンバから取り出し、
 前記第1反応液の前記一部を、前記キャピラリ電気泳動部において電気泳動分析し、
 前記PCRチャンバにおいて、前記PCRチャンバに残された前記第1反応液に対し、サーマルサイクルの合計回数がn回となるように、n-m回(ただしn-mは2以上の整数)のサーマルサイクルを実施して第2反応液を生成し、
 前記第2反応液の少なくとも一部を、組成を変えずに前記PCRチャンバから取り出し、
 前記第2反応液の前記少なくとも一部を、前記キャピラリ電気泳動部において電気泳動分析する、
DNA分析システム。
A flow path device having a PCR chamber for performing thermal cycling;
a capillary electrophoresis unit for electrophoretic analysis of the PCR reaction solution;
In a DNA analysis system having
The DNA analysis system comprises:
storing the preset values of m and n;
In the PCR chamber, a PCR reaction solution is subjected to a thermal cycle m times to generate a first reaction solution;
removing a portion of the first reaction solution from the PCR chamber without changing its composition;
subjecting the portion of the first reaction solution to electrophoretic analysis in the capillary electrophoresis portion;
In the PCR chamber, the first reaction solution remaining in the PCR chamber is subjected to n-m thermal cycles (where n-m is an integer of 2 or more) so that the total number of thermal cycles is n, thereby generating a second reaction solution;
removing at least a portion of the second reaction solution from the PCR chamber without changing its composition;
subjecting at least a portion of the second reaction solution to electrophoretic analysis in the capillary electrophoresis portion;
DNA analysis system.
 請求項1において、mが20以上32以下であるDNA分析システム。 The DNA analysis system of claim 1, wherein m is 20 or more and 32 or less.  請求項1において、nが24以上36以下であるDNA分析システム。 The DNA analysis system of claim 1, wherein n is 24 or more and 36 or less.  請求項1において、nがmよりも4~9多いDNA分析システム。 The DNA analysis system according to claim 1, wherein n is 4 to 9 more than m.  請求項1において、前記DNA分析システムは、前記第1反応液の前記一部および前記第2反応液の前記少なくとも一部に対し、前記電気泳動分析の前に電気泳動分析以外の方法による分析を実行しない、DNA分析システム。 The DNA analysis system according to claim 1, wherein the DNA analysis system does not perform analysis by a method other than electrophoretic analysis on the portion of the first reaction solution and at least the portion of the second reaction solution prior to the electrophoretic analysis.  請求項1において、前記DNA分析システムは、前記第1反応液の前記一部および前記第2反応液の前記少なくとも一部の少なくとも一方を、複数種のDNA断片を含む溶液と混合する、DNA分析システム。 The DNA analysis system according to claim 1, wherein at least one of the portion of the first reaction solution and the at least a portion of the second reaction solution is mixed with a solution containing multiple types of DNA fragments.  請求項1において、前記DNA分析システムは、前記第1反応液の前記一部および前記第2反応液の前記少なくとも一部の少なくとも一方を、電気泳動分析の前に、純水またはホルムアミドまたは10 mS/cm以下の導電率の溶液と混合して混合液を生成する、DNA分析システム。  A DNA analysis system according to claim 1, which mixes at least one of the part of the first reaction solution and at least the part of the second reaction solution with pure water, formamide, or a solution having a conductivity of 10 mS/cm or less prior to electrophoretic analysis to generate a mixed solution.  請求項7において、前記DNA分析システムは前記混合液を90℃以上に加熱する、DNA分析システム。 The DNA analysis system according to claim 7, wherein the mixed solution is heated to 90°C or higher.  請求項1において、前記流路デバイスはPCR反応液の調整から前記n-m回のサーマルサイクルまでを全自動で実施する、DNA分析システム。 In claim 1, the flow path device is a DNA analysis system that performs all steps from preparation of the PCR reaction solution to the n-m thermal cycles in a fully automated manner.  請求項1において、
 前記流路デバイスは計量部を有しており、
 前記DNA分析システムは、前記m回のサーマルサイクルの終了後に、前記計量部に前記第1反応液を搬送することにより、0.1%~50%の範囲内の所定量の第1反応液を計量する、
DNA分析システム。
In claim 1,
The flow path device has a metering portion,
After the m number of thermal cycles are completed, the DNA analysis system conveys the first reaction solution to the measuring unit, thereby measuring a predetermined amount of the first reaction solution within a range of 0.1% to 50%.
DNA analysis system.
 請求項1において、前記流路デバイスは開閉可能なバルブを有しており、前記m回のサーマルサイクルの開始前に前記バルブを閉じて、前記m回のサーマルサイクルの終了後に前記バルブを開放することにより、前記第1反応液の前記一部を分割して取り出す、DNA分析システム。 A DNA analysis system according to claim 1, wherein the flow path device has a valve that can be opened and closed, and the valve is closed before the start of the m number of thermal cycles and opened after the m number of thermal cycles are completed, thereby dividing and extracting the portion of the first reaction solution.  請求項1において、前記DNA分析システムは、前記第1反応液の前記一部を50℃~80℃の範囲内の一定温度で1~20分保持する、DNA分析システム。 The DNA analysis system according to claim 1, wherein the portion of the first reaction solution is maintained at a constant temperature within a range of 50°C to 80°C for 1 to 20 minutes.  請求項1において、前記DNA分析システムは、前記第1反応液を50℃~80℃の範囲内の一定温度で1~20分保持し、その後に前記一部を取り出す、DNA分析システム。 The DNA analysis system according to claim 1 holds the first reaction solution at a constant temperature within the range of 50°C to 80°C for 1 to 20 minutes, and then removes the portion.  請求項1において、前記DNA分析システムは、n回のサーマルサイクル終了時に、PCRチャンバ内のPCR反応液を全量PCRチャンバの外に搬送するDNA分析システム。 In claim 1, the DNA analysis system transports the entire PCR reaction solution in the PCR chamber out of the PCR chamber when n thermal cycles are completed.  請求項1において、
 前記PCR反応液は、2以上のプライマセットを含み、
 前記PCR反応液は、2以上の増幅遺伝子領域を含むDNAを含む、
DNA分析システム。
In claim 1,
The PCR reaction solution contains two or more primer sets,
The PCR reaction solution contains DNA containing two or more amplified gene regions.
DNA analysis system.
 請求項1において、前記DNA分析システムは、
 前記第1反応液の前記一部に対する前記電気泳動分析の結果と、前記第2反応液の前記少なくとも一部に対する前記電気泳動分析の結果とのうち、いずれがより良い結果であるかを判定し、
 前記より良い結果を出力する、または、どちらが良い結果であるかを判定できる情報を出力する、
DNA分析システム。
The DNA analysis system according to claim 1,
determining which of the results of the electrophoretic analysis of the portion of the first reaction solution and the results of the electrophoretic analysis of the at least a portion of the second reaction solution is better;
Outputting the better result, or outputting information that allows one to determine which result is better;
DNA analysis system.
 サーマルサイクルを実施するPCRチャンバを有する流路デバイスと、
 PCR反応液を電気泳動分析するキャピラリ電気泳動部と、
を有するDNA分析システムにおいて、
 前記DNA分析システムは、
 事前に設定されるmおよびnの値を記憶し、
 前記PCRチャンバにおいて、PCR反応液に対しm回のサーマルサイクルを実施して第1反応液を生成し、
 前記第1反応液の一部を、組成を変えずに前記PCRチャンバから取り出し、
 前記PCRチャンバにおいて、前記PCRチャンバに残された前記第1反応液に対し、サーマルサイクルの合計回数がn回となるように、n-m回(ただしn-mは2以上の整数)のサーマルサイクルを実施して第2反応液を生成し、
 前記第2反応液の少なくとも一部を、組成を変えずに前記PCRチャンバから取り出し、
 前記第1反応液の前記一部および前記第2反応液の前記少なくとも一部のうち一方を、前記キャピラリ電気泳動部において電気泳動分析し、
 前記一方の電気泳動分析の結果に基づいて、前記第1反応液の前記一部または前記第2反応液の前記少なくとも一部のうち他方について電気泳動分析の実行を制御する、
DNA分析システム。
A flow path device having a PCR chamber for performing thermal cycling;
a capillary electrophoresis unit for electrophoretic analysis of the PCR reaction solution;
In a DNA analysis system having
The DNA analysis system comprises:
storing the preset values of m and n;
In the PCR chamber, a PCR reaction solution is subjected to a thermal cycle m times to generate a first reaction solution;
removing a portion of the first reaction solution from the PCR chamber without changing its composition;
In the PCR chamber, the first reaction solution remaining in the PCR chamber is subjected to n-m thermal cycles (where n-m is an integer of 2 or more) so that the total number of thermal cycles is n, thereby generating a second reaction solution;
removing at least a portion of the second reaction solution from the PCR chamber without changing its composition;
performing electrophoretic analysis on one of the portion of the first reaction solution and the at least a portion of the second reaction solution in the capillary electrophoresis portion;
controlling the execution of electrophoretic analysis of the other of the part of the first reaction solution or the at least a part of the second reaction solution based on a result of the electrophoretic analysis of the other.
DNA analysis system.
PCT/JP2023/024617 2023-07-03 2023-07-03 Dna analysis system Pending WO2025009019A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202380094728.2A CN120752350A (en) 2023-07-03 2023-07-03 DNA analysis system
PCT/JP2023/024617 WO2025009019A1 (en) 2023-07-03 2023-07-03 Dna analysis system
JP2025530818A JPWO2025009019A1 (en) 2023-07-03 2023-07-03

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2023/024617 WO2025009019A1 (en) 2023-07-03 2023-07-03 Dna analysis system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025009019A1 true WO2025009019A1 (en) 2025-01-09

Family

ID=94171715

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/024617 Pending WO2025009019A1 (en) 2023-07-03 2023-07-03 Dna analysis system

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2025009019A1 (en)
CN (1) CN120752350A (en)
WO (1) WO2025009019A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006507849A (en) * 2002-11-21 2006-03-09 プリメラ バイオシステムズ Sampling method and apparatus for amplification reaction analysis
JP2006519611A (en) * 2003-03-12 2006-08-31 プライメラ バイオシステムズ インコーポレイテッド Real-time gene expression profile analysis
US20060269932A1 (en) * 2004-12-15 2006-11-30 Primera Biosystems, Inc. Compositions and methods for polynucleotide amplification and detection
JP2017077180A (en) * 2014-01-27 2017-04-27 株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ Nucleic acid analyzer

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006507849A (en) * 2002-11-21 2006-03-09 プリメラ バイオシステムズ Sampling method and apparatus for amplification reaction analysis
JP2006519611A (en) * 2003-03-12 2006-08-31 プライメラ バイオシステムズ インコーポレイテッド Real-time gene expression profile analysis
US20060269932A1 (en) * 2004-12-15 2006-11-30 Primera Biosystems, Inc. Compositions and methods for polynucleotide amplification and detection
JP2017077180A (en) * 2014-01-27 2017-04-27 株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ Nucleic acid analyzer

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN120752350A (en) 2025-10-03
JPWO2025009019A1 (en) 2025-01-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101544351B1 (en) Devices and methods for identifying genomic dna of organisms
US8759079B2 (en) Device for automatically analyzing nucleic acid
EP1192007B1 (en) Microchip matrix device for duplicating and characterizing nucleic acids
AU2009201529B2 (en) Apparatus For Polynucleotide Detection and Quantitation
JP6269746B2 (en) Microarray for detecting mutations in β-globin gene and detection method thereof
JP2018520706A (en) Automation from sampling to NGS library preparation
JP2012530243A (en) Nucleic acid detection method
US6518027B2 (en) Sample preparation method and a sample preparation apparatus for DNA analysis
Schrijver et al. Diagnostic Single Nucleotide Polymorphism Analysis of Factor V Leiden and Prothrombin 20210G> A: A Comparison of the Nanogen Electronic Microarray With Restriction Enzyme Digestion and the Roche LightCycler
CN109371132A (en) A kit for detecting CYP2D6 gene copy number variation
WO2025009019A1 (en) Dna analysis system
KR101829668B1 (en) Nucleic acid chip and Reference Substance for Obtaining Bind information of sigle-stranded nucleic acid and Biomolecule, Manufacturing Method Thereof, and Method and apparatus for analyzing Biomolecules Using Nucleic acid chip and Reference Substances
CN111471588A (en) Real-time fluorescence quantitative PCR instrument module
JP4777631B2 (en) Nucleic acid amplification analysis method and apparatus
KR20210145972A (en) A method of digital detecting using crispr diagnositcs and an apparatus having the same
CN120574993B (en) Primer group and kit for simultaneously detecting multiple pathogenic microorganisms and application of primer group and kit in detection of murine pathogenic microorganisms
WO2016120970A1 (en) Method and device for separating nucleic acid
Sheth Analyzing and interpreting deoxyribonucleic acid from multiple donors using a forensically relevant single-cell strategy
WO2024091936A1 (en) A fluidic device and methods for characterization of an infection or other condition
Bonetta Microarrays: branching out from expression analysis
JP2009517074A (en) Detection of nucleic acid sequence changes
JP2008306949A (en) Method for amplifying base sequence
JP2003315329A (en) Gene detection method and gene detection device
Sheet fastGEN CFTR 8-kit

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23942635

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2025530818

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2025530818

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202380094728.2

Country of ref document: CN

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 202380094728.2

Country of ref document: CN